Moving IPC code from the IPC_BRANCH_20030304 to the trunk. No actual code changes.

r/sr=leaf+darin
This commit is contained in:
bsmedberg%covad.net 2003-11-07 13:50:30 +00:00
Родитель b6e5489bdb
Коммит f246267f90
124 изменённых файлов: 13972 добавлений и 0 удалений

1
ipc/ipcd/.cvsignore Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1 @@
Makefile

62
ipc/ipcd/Makefile.in Normal file
Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = ipcd
DIRS = \
util \
shared/src \
daemon/public \
client/public \
extensions \
client/src \
daemon/src \
$(NULL)
ifdef ENABLE_TESTS
DIRS += test
endif
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1 @@
Makefile

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = ipcd
XPIDLSRCS = \
ipcIService.idl \
ipcIMessageObserver.idl \
ipcIClientObserver.idl \
ipcIClientQueryHandler.idl \
$(NULL)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcCID_h__
#define ipcCID_h__
#define IPC_SERVICE_CLASSNAME \
"ipcService"
#define IPC_SERVICE_CONTRACTID \
"@mozilla.org/ipc/service;1"
#define IPC_SERVICE_CID \
{ /* 9f12676a-5168-4a08-beb8-edf8a593a1ca */ \
0x9f12676a, \
0x5168, \
0x4a08, \
{0xbe, 0xb8, 0xed, 0xf8, 0xa5, 0x93, 0xa1, 0xca} \
}
#endif // !ipcCID_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "nsISupports.idl"
/**
* ipcIClientObserver
*/
[scriptable, uuid(42283079-030c-4b13-b069-a08b7ad5eab2)]
interface ipcIClientObserver : nsISupports
{
const unsigned long CLIENT_UP = 1;
const unsigned long CLIENT_DOWN = 2;
void onClientStatus(in unsigned long aClientID,
in unsigned long aClientStatus);
};

Просмотреть файл

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "nsISupports.idl"
/**
* ipcIMessageObserver
*/
[scriptable, uuid(e40a4a3c-2dc1-470e-ab7f-5675fe1f1384)]
interface ipcIMessageObserver : nsISupports
{
/**
* @param aTarget
* the target of the message, corresponding to the target this
* observer was registered under. this parameter is passed to allow
* an observer instance to receive messages for more than one target.
* @param aData
* the data of the message.
* @param aDataLen
* the data length of the message.
*/
void onMessageAvailable(in nsIDRef aTarget,
[array, const, size_is(aDataLen)]
in octet aData,
in unsigned long aDataLen);
};

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "nsISupports.idl"
interface ipcIMessageObserver;
interface ipcIClientObserver;
interface ipcIClientQueryHandler;
/**
* ipcIService
*
* the IPC service provides the means to communicate with an external IPC
* daemon and/or other mozilla-based applications on the same physical system.
* the IPC daemon hosts modules (some builtin and others dynamically loaded)
* with which applications may interact.
*
* at application startup, the IPC service will attempt to establish a
* connection with the IPC daemon. the IPC daemon will be automatically
* started if necessary. when a connection has been established, the IPC
* service will enumerate the "ipc-startup-category" and broadcast an
* "ipc-startup" notification using the observer service.
*
* when the connection to the IPC daemon is closed, an "ipc-shutdown"
* notification will be broadcast.
*
* each client has a name. the client name need not be unique across all
* clients, but it is usually good if it is. the IPC service does not require
* unique names. instead, the IPC daemon assigns each client a unique ID that
* is good for the current "session." clients can query other clients by name
* or by ID. the IPC service supports forwarding messages from one client to
* another via the IPC daemon.
*
* for performance reasons, this system should not be used to transfer large
* amounts of data. instead, applications may choose to utilize shared memory,
* and rely on the IPC service for synchronization and small message transfer
* only.
*/
[scriptable, uuid(53d3e3a7-528f-4b09-9eab-9416272568c0)]
interface ipcIService : nsISupports
{
/**************************************************************************
* properties of this process
*/
/**
* returns the "client ID" assigned to this process by the IPC daemon.
*
* @throws NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE if no connection to the IPC daemon.
*/
readonly attribute unsigned long clientID;
/**
* this process can appear under several client names. use the following
* methods to add or remove names for this process.
*
* for example, the mozilla browser might have the primary name "mozilla",
* but it could also register itself under the names "browser", "mail",
* "news", "addrbook", etc. other IPC clients can then query the IPC
* daemon for the client named "mail" in order to talk with a mail program.
*
* XXX An IPC client name resembles a XPCOM contract ID.
*/
void addClientName(in string aName);
void removeClientName(in string aName);
/**************************************************************************
* client query methods
*/
/**
* query info about a particular client given its client name. the
* observer's onClientInfo method is called with the result of the lookup,
* or if there is no client matching the given name, the observer's
* onClientDown method will be called instead.
*
* @param aName
* the name of the client being queried.
* @param aHandler
* the handler to be notified with result.
* @param aSync
* block the calling thread until the query completes.
*
* @return integer value identifying this query.
*/
unsigned long queryClientByName(in string aName,
in ipcIClientQueryHandler aHandler,
in boolean aSync);
/**
* query info about a particular client given its client ID. the observer's
* onClientInfo method is called with the result of the lookup, or if there
* is no client matching the given name, the observer's onClientDown method
* will be called instead.
*
* @param aClientID
* the ID of the client being queried.
* @param aHandler
* the handler to be notified with result.
* @param aSync
* block the calling thread until the query completes.
*
* @return integer value identifying this query.
*/
unsigned long queryClientByID(in unsigned long aClientID,
in ipcIClientQueryHandler aHandler,
in boolean aSync);
/**
* called to cancel a pending query.
*
* @param aQueryID
* the return value from one of the "query" methods.
*/
void cancelQuery(in unsigned long aQueryID);
/**
* set client observer. observer's onClientUp method is called whenever
* a new client comes online, and the observer's onClientDown method is
* called whenever a client goes offline.
*
* @param aObserver
* the client observer.
*/
void setClientObserver(in ipcIClientObserver aObserver);
// XXX need other functions to enumerate clients, clients implementing targets, etc.
/**************************************************************************
* message methods
*/
/**
* set a message observer for a particular message target.
*
* @param aTarget
* the message target being observed. any existing observer will
* be replaced.
* @param aObserver
* the message observer to receive incoming messages for the
* specified target. pass null to remove the existing observer.
*/
void setMessageObserver(in nsIDRef aTarget, in ipcIMessageObserver aObserver);
/**
* send message asynchronously to a client or a module in the IPC daemon.
* there is no guarantee that the message will be delivered.
*
* @param aClientID
* the client ID of the foreign application that should receive this
* message. pass 0 to send a message to a module in the IPC daemon.
* @param aTarget
* the target of the message. if aClientID is 0, then this is the
* ID of the daemon module that should receive this message.
* @param aData
* the message data.
* @param aDataLen
* the message length.
* @param aSync
* block the calling thread until a response to this message is
* received.
*/
void sendMessage(in unsigned long aClientID,
in nsIDRef aTarget,
[array, const, size_is(aDataLen)]
in octet aData,
in unsigned long aDataLen,
in boolean aSync);
};
%{C++
// singleton implementing ipcIService
#define IPC_SERVICE_CLASSNAME \
"ipcService"
#define IPC_SERVICE_CONTRACTID \
"@mozilla.org/ipc/service;1"
#define IPC_SERVICE_CID \
{ /* 9f12676a-5168-4a08-beb8-edf8a593a1ca */ \
0x9f12676a, \
0x5168, \
0x4a08, \
{0xbe, 0xb8, 0xed, 0xf8, 0xa5, 0x93, 0xa1, 0xca} \
}
// category and observer event defines
#define IPC_SERVICE_STARTUP_CATEGORY "ipc-startup-category"
#define IPC_SERVICE_STARTUP_TOPIC "ipc-startup"
#define IPC_SERVICE_SHUTDOWN_TOPIC "ipc-shutdown"
%}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1 @@
Makefile

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = ipcd
LIBRARY_NAME = ipcdc
EXPORT_LIBRARY = 1
IS_COMPONENT = 1
MODULE_NAME = ipcd
REQUIRES = \
xpcom \
string \
$(NULL)
CPPSRCS = \
ipcService.cpp \
ipcTransport.cpp \
ipcModuleFactory.cpp \
$(NULL)
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),WINNT)
CPPSRCS += ipcConnectionWin.cpp
else
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),BeOS)
CPPSRCS += ipcConnectionStub.cpp
else
CPPSRCS += ipcConnectionUnix.cpp
endif
endif
LOCAL_INCLUDES = \
-I$(srcdir)/../../shared/src \
-I$(srcdir)/../../extensions/lock/src \
-I$(srcdir)/../../extensions/transmngr/src \
-I$(srcdir)/../../extensions/transmngr/common \
$(NULL)
SHARED_LIBRARY_LIBS = \
$(DIST)/lib/$(LIB_PREFIX)ipcdshared_s.$(LIB_SUFFIX) \
$(DIST)/lib/$(LIB_PREFIX)ipcdlock_s.$(LIB_SUFFIX) \
$(DIST)/lib/$(LIB_PREFIX)transmngr_s.$(LIB_SUFFIX) \
$(DIST)/lib/$(LIB_PREFIX)transmngrcom_s.$(LIB_SUFFIX) \
$(NULL)
EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS = \
$(LIBS_DIR) \
$(EXTRA_DSO_LIBS) \
$(MOZ_COMPONENT_LIBS) \
$(NULL)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et cindent: */
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is IBM Corporation.
* Portions created by IBM Corporation are Copyright (C) 2003
* IBM Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@meer.net>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcConnection_h__
#define ipcConnection_h__
#include "nscore.h"
class ipcMessage;
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/* Platform specific IPC connection API.
*/
/**
* IPC_Connect
*
* This function causes a connection to the IPC daemon to be established.
* If a connection already exists, then this function will be ignored.
*
* @param daemonPath
* Specifies the path to the IPC daemon executable.
*
* NOTE: This function must be called on the main thread.
*/
nsresult IPC_Connect(const char *daemonPath);
/**
* IPC_Disconnect
*
* This function causes a connection to the IPC daemon to be closed. Any
* unsent messages (IPC_SendMsg puts messages on a queue) will be sent to the
* IPC daemon before the connection is closed.
*
* NOTE: This function must be called on the main thread.
*/
nsresult IPC_Disconnect();
/**
* IPC_SendMsg
*
* This function sends a message to the IPC daemon. Typically, the message
* is put on a queue, to be delivered asynchronously to the IPC daemon. The
* ipcMessage object will be deleted when IPC_SendMsg is done with it. The
* caller must not touch |msg| after passing it to IPC_SendMsg.
*
* IPC_SendMsg cannot be called before IPC_Connect or after IPC_Disconnect.
*
* NOTE: This function may be called on any thread.
*/
nsresult IPC_SendMsg(ipcMessage *msg);
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/* Cross-platform IPC connection methods.
*/
/**
* IPC_SpawnDaemon
*
* This function launches the IPC daemon process. It is called by the platform
* specific IPC_Connect implementation. This function may be called on any
* thread. It should not return until the daemon process is ready to receive
* a client connection or an error occurs.
*
* @param daemonPath
* Specifies the path to the IPC daemon executable.
*/
nsresult IPC_SpawnDaemon(const char *daemonPath);
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/* IPC connection callbacks (not implemented by the connection code).
*
* NOTE: These functions execute on a background thread!!
*/
/**
* IPC_OnConnectionEnd
*
* This function is called whenever the connection to the IPC daemon has been
* terminated. If terminated due to an abnormal error, then the error will be
* described by the |error| parameter. If |error| is NS_OK, then it means the
* connection was closed in response to a call to IPC_Disconnect.
*/
void IPC_OnConnectionEnd(nsresult error);
/**
* IPC_OnMessageAvailable
*
* This function is called whenever an incoming message is read from the IPC
* daemon. The ipcMessage object, |msg|, must be deleted by the implementation
* of IPC_OnMessageAvailable when the object is no longer needed.
*/
void IPC_OnMessageAvailable(ipcMessage *msg);
#endif // ipcConnection_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et cindent: */
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is IBM Corporation.
* Portions created by IBM Corporation are Copyright (C) 2003
* IBM Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@meer.net>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "ipcConnection.h"
#include "nsError.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// use this file as a template to add client-side IPC connectivity.
//
// NOTE: if your platform supports local domain TCP sockets, then you should
// be able to make use of ipcConnectionUnix.cpp.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
nsresult
IPC_Connect(const char *daemonPath)
{
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
}
nsresult
IPC_Disconnect()
{
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
}
nsresult
IPC_SendMsg(ipcMessage *msg)
{
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,536 @@
/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 et cindent: */
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is IBM Corporation.
* Portions created by IBM Corporation are Copyright (C) 2003
* IBM Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@meer.net>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "private/pprio.h"
#include "prerror.h"
#include "prthread.h"
#include "prlock.h"
#include "prlog.h" // for PR_ASSERT (we don't actually use NSPR logging)
#include "prio.h"
#include "ipcConnection.h"
#include "ipcMessageQ.h"
#include "ipcConfig.h"
#include "ipcLog.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// NOTE: this code does not need to link with anything but NSPR. that is by
// design, so it can be easily reused in other projects that want to
// talk with mozilla's IPC daemon, but don't want to depend on xpcom.
// we depend at most on some xpcom header files, but no xpcom runtime
// symbols are used.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// single user systems, like OS/2, don't need these security checks.
#ifndef XP_OS2
#define IPC_SKIP_SECURITY_CHECKS
#endif
#ifndef IPC_SKIP_SECURITY_CHECKS
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
static PRStatus
DoSecurityCheck(PRFileDesc *fd, const char *path)
{
#ifndef IPC_SKIP_SECURITY_CHECKS
//
// now that we have a connected socket; do some security checks on the
// file descriptor.
//
// (1) make sure owner matches
// (2) make sure permissions match expected permissions
//
// if these conditions aren't met then bail.
//
int unix_fd = PR_FileDesc2NativeHandle(fd);
struct stat st;
if (fstat(unix_fd, &st) == -1) {
LOG(("stat failed"));
return PR_FAILURE;
}
if (st.st_uid != getuid() && st.st_uid != geteuid()) {
//
// on OSX 10.1.5, |fstat| has a bug when passed a file descriptor to
// a socket. it incorrectly returns a UID of 0. however, |stat|
// succeeds, but using |stat| introduces a race condition.
//
// XXX come up with a better security check.
//
if (st.st_uid != 0) {
LOG(("userid check failed"));
return PR_FAILURE;
}
if (stat(path, &st) == -1) {
LOG(("stat failed"));
return PR_FAILURE;
}
if (st.st_uid != getuid() && st.st_uid != geteuid()) {
LOG(("userid check failed"));
return PR_FAILURE;
}
}
#endif
return PR_SUCCESS;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct ipcConnectionState
{
PRLock *lock;
PRPollDesc fds[2];
ipcMessageQ send_queue;
PRUint32 send_offset; // amount of send_queue.First() already written.
ipcMessage *in_msg;
PRBool shutdown;
};
#define SOCK 0
#define POLL 1
static void
ConnDestroy(ipcConnectionState *s)
{
if (s->lock)
PR_DestroyLock(s->lock);
if (s->fds[SOCK].fd)
PR_Close(s->fds[SOCK].fd);
if (s->fds[POLL].fd)
PR_DestroyPollableEvent(s->fds[POLL].fd);
if (s->in_msg)
delete s->in_msg;
s->send_queue.DeleteAll();
delete s;
}
static ipcConnectionState *
ConnCreate(PRFileDesc *fd)
{
ipcConnectionState *s = new ipcConnectionState;
if (!s)
return NULL;
s->lock = PR_NewLock();
s->fds[SOCK].fd = NULL;
s->fds[POLL].fd = PR_NewPollableEvent();
s->send_offset = 0;
s->in_msg = NULL;
if (!s->lock || !s->fds[1].fd)
{
ConnDestroy(s);
return NULL;
}
// store this only if we are going to succeed.
s->fds[SOCK].fd = fd;
return s;
}
static nsresult
ConnRead(ipcConnectionState *s)
{
char buf[1024];
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
PRInt32 n;
do
{
n = PR_Read(s->fds[SOCK].fd, buf, sizeof(buf));
if (n < 0)
{
PRErrorCode err = PR_GetError();
if (err == PR_WOULD_BLOCK_ERROR)
{
// socket is empty... we need to go back to polling.
break;
}
LOG(("PR_Read returned failure [err=%d]\n", err));
rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
}
else if (n == 0)
{
LOG(("PR_Read returned EOF\n"));
rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
}
else
{
const char *pdata = buf;
while (n)
{
PRUint32 bytesRead;
PRBool complete;
if (!s->in_msg)
{
s->in_msg = new ipcMessage;
if (!s->in_msg)
{
rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
break;
}
}
if (s->in_msg->ReadFrom(pdata, n, &bytesRead, &complete) != PR_SUCCESS)
{
LOG(("error reading IPC message\n"));
rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
break;
}
PR_ASSERT(PRUint32(n) >= bytesRead);
n -= bytesRead;
pdata += bytesRead;
if (complete)
{
// protect against weird re-entrancy cases...
ipcMessage *m = s->in_msg;
s->in_msg = NULL;
IPC_OnMessageAvailable(m);
}
}
}
}
while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv));
return rv;
}
static nsresult
ConnWrite(ipcConnectionState *s)
{
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
PR_Lock(s->lock);
// write one message and then return.
if (s->send_queue.First())
{
PRInt32 n = PR_Write(s->fds[SOCK].fd,
s->send_queue.First()->MsgBuf() + s->send_offset,
s->send_queue.First()->MsgLen() - s->send_offset);
if (n <= 0)
{
PRErrorCode err = PR_GetError();
if (err == PR_WOULD_BLOCK_ERROR)
{
// socket is full... we need to go back to polling.
}
else
{
LOG(("error writing to socket [err=%d]\n", err));
rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
}
}
else
{
s->send_offset += n;
if (s->send_offset == s->send_queue.First()->MsgLen())
{
s->send_queue.DeleteFirst();
s->send_offset = 0;
// if the send queue is empty, then we need to stop trying to write.
if (s->send_queue.IsEmpty())
s->fds[SOCK].in_flags &= ~PR_POLL_WRITE;
}
}
}
PR_Unlock(s->lock);
return rv;
}
PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(void)
ConnThread(void *arg)
{
PRInt32 num;
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
ipcConnectionState *s = (ipcConnectionState *) arg;
// we monitor two file descriptors in this thread. the first (at index 0) is
// the socket connection with the IPC daemon. the second (at index 1) is the
// pollable event we monitor in order to know when to send messages to the
// IPC daemon.
s->fds[SOCK].in_flags = PR_POLL_READ;
s->fds[POLL].in_flags = PR_POLL_READ;
while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
{
s->fds[SOCK].out_flags = 0;
s->fds[POLL].out_flags = 0;
//
// poll on the IPC socket and NSPR pollable event
//
num = PR_Poll(s->fds, 2, PR_INTERVAL_NO_TIMEOUT);
if (num > 0)
{
// check if something has been added to the send queue. if so, then
// acknowledge pollable event (wait should not block), and configure
// poll flags to find out when we can write.
if (s->fds[POLL].out_flags & PR_POLL_READ)
{
PR_WaitForPollableEvent(s->fds[POLL].fd);
PR_Lock(s->lock);
if (!s->send_queue.IsEmpty())
s->fds[SOCK].in_flags |= PR_POLL_WRITE;
else if (s->shutdown)
rv = NS_ERROR_ABORT;
PR_Unlock(s->lock);
}
// check if we can read...
if (s->fds[SOCK].out_flags & PR_POLL_READ)
rv = ConnRead(s);
// check if we can write...
if (s->fds[SOCK].out_flags & PR_POLL_WRITE)
rv = ConnWrite(s);
}
else
{
LOG(("PR_Poll returned an error\n"));
rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
}
}
// notify termination of the IPC connection
if (rv == NS_ERROR_ABORT)
rv = NS_OK;
IPC_OnConnectionEnd(rv);
LOG(("IPC thread exiting\n"));
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IPC connection API
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static ipcConnectionState *gConnState = NULL;
static PRThread *gConnThread = NULL;
#ifdef DEBUG
static PRThread *gMainThread = NULL;
#endif
nsresult
TryConnect(PRFileDesc **result)
{
PRFileDesc *fd;
PRNetAddr addr;
PRSocketOptionData opt;
nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
fd = PR_OpenTCPSocket(PR_AF_LOCAL);
if (!fd)
goto end;
addr.local.family = PR_AF_LOCAL;
IPC_GetDefaultSocketPath(addr.local.path, sizeof(addr.local.path));
// blocking connect... will fail if no one is listening.
if (PR_Connect(fd, &addr, PR_INTERVAL_NO_TIMEOUT) == PR_FAILURE)
goto end;
// make socket non-blocking
opt.option = PR_SockOpt_Nonblocking;
opt.value.non_blocking = PR_TRUE;
PR_SetSocketOption(fd, &opt);
// do some security checks on connection socket...
if (DoSecurityCheck(fd, addr.local.path) != PR_SUCCESS)
goto end;
*result = fd;
return NS_OK;
end:
if (fd)
PR_Close(fd);
return rv;
}
nsresult
IPC_Connect(const char *daemonPath)
{
// synchronous connect, spawn daemon if necessary.
PRFileDesc *fd;
nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
if (gConnState)
return NS_ERROR_ALREADY_INITIALIZED;
//
// here's the connection algorithm: try to connect to an existing daemon.
// if the connection fails, then spawn the daemon (wait for it to be ready),
// and then retry the connection. it is critical that the socket used to
// connect to the daemon not be inherited (this causes problems on RH9 at
// least).
//
rv = TryConnect(&fd);
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
{
rv = IPC_SpawnDaemon(daemonPath);
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
rv = TryConnect(&fd);
}
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
goto end;
//
// ok, we have a connection to the daemon!
//
// build connection state object
gConnState = ConnCreate(fd);
if (!gConnState)
{
rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
goto end;
}
fd = NULL; // connection state now owns the socket
gConnThread = PR_CreateThread(PR_USER_THREAD,
ConnThread,
gConnState,
PR_PRIORITY_NORMAL,
PR_GLOBAL_THREAD,
PR_JOINABLE_THREAD,
0);
if (!gConnThread)
{
rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
goto end;
}
#ifdef DEBUG
gMainThread = PR_GetCurrentThread();
#endif
return NS_OK;
end:
if (gConnState)
{
ConnDestroy(gConnState);
gConnState = NULL;
}
if (fd)
PR_Close(fd);
return rv;
}
nsresult
IPC_Disconnect()
{
// Must disconnect on same thread used to connect!
PR_ASSERT(gMainThread == PR_GetCurrentThread());
if (!gConnState || !gConnThread)
return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
PR_Lock(gConnState->lock);
gConnState->shutdown = PR_TRUE;
PR_SetPollableEvent(gConnState->fds[POLL].fd);
PR_Unlock(gConnState->lock);
PR_JoinThread(gConnThread);
ConnDestroy(gConnState);
gConnState = NULL;
gConnThread = NULL;
return NS_OK;
}
nsresult
IPC_SendMsg(ipcMessage *msg)
{
if (!gConnState || !gConnThread)
return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
PR_Lock(gConnState->lock);
gConnState->send_queue.Append(msg);
PR_SetPollableEvent(gConnState->fds[POLL].fd);
PR_Unlock(gConnState->lock);
return NS_OK;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifdef TEST_STANDALONE
void IPC_OnConnectionFault(nsresult rv)
{
LOG(("IPC_OnConnectionFault [rv=%x]\n", rv));
}
void IPC_OnMessageAvailable(ipcMessage *msg)
{
LOG(("IPC_OnMessageAvailable\n"));
delete msg;
}
int main()
{
IPC_InitLog(">>>");
IPC_Connect("/builds/moz-trunk/seamonkey-debug-build/dist/bin/mozipcd");
IPC_Disconnect();
return 0;
}
#endif

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@meer.net>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include <windows.h>
#include "prprf.h"
#include "prmon.h"
#include "prthread.h"
#include "plevent.h"
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
#include "nsIEventQueue.h"
#include "nsIEventQueueService.h"
#include "nsAutoLock.h"
#include "ipcConfig.h"
#include "ipcLog.h"
#include "ipcConnection.h"
#include "ipcm.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// NOTE: this code does not need to link with anything but NSPR. that is by
// design, so it can be easily reused in other projects that want to
// talk with mozilla's IPC daemon, but don't want to depend on xpcom.
// we depend at most on some xpcom header files, but no xpcom runtime
// symbols are used.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// windows message thread
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define IPC_WM_SENDMSG (WM_USER + 0x1)
#define IPC_WM_SHUTDOWN (WM_USER + 0x2)
static nsresult ipcThreadStatus = NS_OK;
static PRThread *ipcThread = NULL;
static PRMonitor *ipcMonitor = NULL;
static HWND ipcDaemonHwnd = NULL;
static HWND ipcLocalHwnd = NULL;
static PRBool ipcShutdown = PR_FALSE; // not accessed on message thread!!
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// window proc
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static LRESULT CALLBACK
ipcThreadWindowProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
{
LOG(("got message [msg=%x wparam=%x lparam=%x]\n", uMsg, wParam, lParam));
if (uMsg == WM_COPYDATA) {
COPYDATASTRUCT *cd = (COPYDATASTRUCT *) lParam;
if (cd && cd->lpData) {
ipcMessage *msg = new ipcMessage();
PRUint32 bytesRead;
PRBool complete;
PRStatus rv = msg->ReadFrom((const char *) cd->lpData, cd->cbData,
&bytesRead, &complete);
if (rv == PR_SUCCESS && complete)
IPC_OnMessageAvailable(msg); // takes ownership of msg
else {
LOG((" unable to deliver message [complete=%u]\n", complete));
delete msg;
}
}
return TRUE;
}
if (uMsg == IPC_WM_SENDMSG) {
ipcMessage *msg = (ipcMessage *) lParam;
if (msg) {
LOG((" sending message...\n"));
COPYDATASTRUCT cd;
cd.dwData = GetCurrentProcessId();
cd.cbData = (DWORD) msg->MsgLen();
cd.lpData = (PVOID) msg->MsgBuf();
SendMessageA(ipcDaemonHwnd, WM_COPYDATA, (WPARAM) hWnd, (LPARAM) &cd);
LOG((" done.\n"));
delete msg;
}
return 0;
}
if (uMsg == IPC_WM_SHUTDOWN) {
IPC_OnConnectionEnd(NS_OK);
PostQuitMessage(0);
return 0;
}
return DefWindowProc(hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ipc thread functions
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static void
ipcThreadFunc(void *arg)
{
LOG(("entering message thread\n"));
DWORD pid = GetCurrentProcessId();
WNDCLASS wc;
memset(&wc, 0, sizeof(wc));
wc.lpfnWndProc = ipcThreadWindowProc;
wc.lpszClassName = IPC_CLIENT_WINDOW_CLASS;
RegisterClass(&wc);
char wName[sizeof(IPC_CLIENT_WINDOW_NAME_PREFIX) + 20];
PR_snprintf(wName, sizeof(wName), "%s%u", IPC_CLIENT_WINDOW_NAME_PREFIX, pid);
ipcLocalHwnd = CreateWindow(IPC_CLIENT_WINDOW_CLASS, wName,
0, 0, 0, 10, 10, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
{
nsAutoMonitor mon(ipcMonitor);
if (!ipcLocalHwnd)
ipcThreadStatus = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
mon.Notify();
}
if (ipcLocalHwnd) {
MSG msg;
while (GetMessage(&msg, ipcLocalHwnd, 0, 0))
DispatchMessage(&msg);
ipcShutdown = PR_TRUE; // assuming atomic memory write
DestroyWindow(ipcLocalHwnd);
ipcLocalHwnd = NULL;
}
LOG(("exiting message thread\n"));
return;
}
static PRStatus
ipcThreadInit()
{
if (ipcThread)
return PR_FAILURE;
ipcShutdown = PR_FALSE;
ipcMonitor = PR_NewMonitor();
if (!ipcMonitor)
return PR_FAILURE;
// spawn message thread
ipcThread = PR_CreateThread(PR_USER_THREAD, ipcThreadFunc, NULL,
PR_PRIORITY_NORMAL, PR_GLOBAL_THREAD,
PR_JOINABLE_THREAD, 0);
if (!ipcThread) {
NS_WARNING("thread creation failed");
PR_DestroyMonitor(ipcMonitor);
ipcMonitor = NULL;
return PR_FAILURE;
}
// wait for hidden window to be created
{
nsAutoMonitor mon(ipcMonitor);
while (!ipcLocalHwnd && NS_SUCCEEDED(ipcThreadStatus))
mon.Wait();
}
if (NS_FAILED(ipcThreadStatus)) {
NS_WARNING("message thread failed");
return PR_FAILURE;
}
return PR_SUCCESS;
}
static PRStatus
ipcThreadShutdown()
{
if (PR_AtomicSet(&ipcShutdown, PR_TRUE) == PR_FALSE) {
LOG(("posting IPC_WM_SHUTDOWN message\n"));
PostMessage(ipcLocalHwnd, IPC_WM_SHUTDOWN, 0, 0);
}
LOG(("joining w/ message thread...\n"));
PR_JoinThread(ipcThread);
ipcThread = NULL;
//
// ok, now the message thread is dead
//
PR_DestroyMonitor(ipcMonitor);
ipcMonitor = NULL;
return PR_SUCCESS;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// windows specific IPC connection impl
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
nsresult
IPC_Disconnect()
{
LOG(("IPC_Disconnect\n"));
//XXX mHaveConnection = PR_FALSE;
if (!ipcDaemonHwnd)
return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
if (ipcThread)
ipcThreadShutdown();
// clear our reference to the daemon's HWND.
ipcDaemonHwnd = NULL;
return NS_OK;
}
nsresult
IPC_Connect(const char *daemonPath)
{
LOG(("IPC_Connect\n"));
NS_ENSURE_TRUE(ipcDaemonHwnd == NULL, NS_ERROR_ALREADY_INITIALIZED);
nsresult rv;
ipcDaemonHwnd = FindWindow(IPC_WINDOW_CLASS, IPC_WINDOW_NAME);
if (!ipcDaemonHwnd) {
LOG((" daemon does not appear to be running\n"));
//
// daemon does not exist; spawn daemon...
//
rv = IPC_SpawnDaemon(daemonPath);
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
return rv;
ipcDaemonHwnd = FindWindow(IPC_WINDOW_CLASS, IPC_WINDOW_NAME);
if (!ipcDaemonHwnd)
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
//
// delay creation of the message thread until we know the daemon exists.
//
if (!ipcThread && ipcThreadInit() != PR_SUCCESS) {
ipcDaemonHwnd = NULL;
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
return NS_OK;
}
nsresult
IPC_SendMsg(ipcMessage *msg)
{
LOG(("IPC_SendMsg\n"));
if (ipcShutdown) {
LOG(("unable to send message b/c message thread is shutdown\n"));
goto loser;
}
if (!PostMessage(ipcLocalHwnd, IPC_WM_SENDMSG, 0, (LPARAM) msg)) {
LOG((" PostMessage failed w/ error = %u\n", GetLastError()));
goto loser;
}
return NS_OK;
loser:
delete msg;
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
#include "nsIGenericFactory.h"
#include "nsICategoryManager.h"
#include "ipcService.h"
#include "ipcConfig.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Define the contructor function for the objects
//
// NOTE: This creates an instance of objects by using the default constructor
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(ipcService, Init)
// enable this code to make the IPC service auto-start.
#if 0
NS_METHOD
ipcServiceRegisterProc(nsIComponentManager *aCompMgr,
nsIFile *aPath,
const char *registryLocation,
const char *componentType,
const nsModuleComponentInfo *info)
{
//
// add ipcService to the XPCOM startup category
//
nsCOMPtr<nsICategoryManager> catman(do_GetService(NS_CATEGORYMANAGER_CONTRACTID));
if (catman) {
nsXPIDLCString prevEntry;
catman->AddCategoryEntry(NS_XPCOM_STARTUP_OBSERVER_ID, "ipcService",
IPC_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, PR_TRUE, PR_TRUE,
getter_Copies(prevEntry));
}
return NS_OK;
}
NS_METHOD
ipcServiceUnregisterProc(nsIComponentManager *aCompMgr,
nsIFile *aPath,
const char *registryLocation,
const nsModuleComponentInfo *info)
{
nsCOMPtr<nsICategoryManager> catman(do_GetService(NS_CATEGORYMANAGER_CONTRACTID));
if (catman)
catman->DeleteCategoryEntry(NS_XPCOM_STARTUP_OBSERVER_ID,
IPC_SERVICE_CONTRACTID, PR_TRUE);
return NS_OK;
}
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// extensions
#include "ipcLockService.h"
NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR_INIT(ipcLockService, Init)
#include "tmTransactionService.h"
NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(tmTransactionService)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Define a table of CIDs implemented by this module along with other
// information like the function to create an instance, contractid, and
// class name.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const nsModuleComponentInfo components[] = {
{ IPC_SERVICE_CLASSNAME,
IPC_SERVICE_CID,
IPC_SERVICE_CONTRACTID,
ipcServiceConstructor },
/*
ipcServiceRegisterProc,
ipcServiceUnregisterProc },
*/
//
// extensions go here:
//
{ IPC_LOCKSERVICE_CLASSNAME,
IPC_LOCKSERVICE_CID,
IPC_LOCKSERVICE_CONTRACTID,
ipcLockServiceConstructor },
{ IPC_TRANSACTIONSERVICE_CLASSNAME,
IPC_TRANSACTIONSERVICE_CID,
IPC_TRANSACTIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID,
tmTransactionServiceConstructor },
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Implement the NSGetModule() exported function for your module
// and the entire implementation of the module object.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NS_IMPL_NSGETMODULE(ipcd, components)

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,558 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "plstr.h"
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
#include "nsIEventQueueService.h"
#include "nsIEventQueue.h"
#include "nsIObserverService.h"
#include "nsICategoryManager.h"
#include "nsCategoryManagerUtils.h"
#include "nsEventQueueUtils.h"
#include "ipcConfig.h"
#include "ipcLog.h"
#include "ipcService.h"
#include "ipcMessageUtils.h"
#include "ipcm.h"
#include "ipcIMessageObserver.h"
#include "ipcIClientObserver.h"
#include "ipcIClientQueryHandler.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// helpers
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static PRBool PR_CALLBACK
ipcReleaseMessageObserver(nsHashKey *aKey, void *aData, void* aClosure)
{
ipcIMessageObserver *obs = (ipcIMessageObserver *) aData;
NS_RELEASE(obs);
return PR_TRUE;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ipcClientQuery
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class ipcClientQuery
{
public:
ipcClientQuery(PRUint32 cID, ipcIClientQueryHandler *handler)
: mNext(nsnull)
, mQueryID(++gLastQueryID)
, mClientID(cID)
, mHandler(handler)
{ }
static PRUint32 gLastQueryID;
void SetClientID(PRUint32 cID) { mClientID = cID; }
void OnQueryComplete(nsresult status, const ipcmMessageClientInfo *msg);
PRUint32 QueryID() { return mQueryID; }
PRBool IsCanceled() { return mHandler.get() == NULL; }
ipcClientQuery *mNext;
private:
PRUint32 mQueryID;
PRUint32 mClientID;
nsCOMPtr<ipcIClientQueryHandler> mHandler;
};
PRUint32 ipcClientQuery::gLastQueryID = 0;
void
ipcClientQuery::OnQueryComplete(nsresult status, const ipcmMessageClientInfo *msg)
{
NS_ASSERTION(mHandler, "no handler");
PRUint32 nameCount = 0;
PRUint32 targetCount = 0;
const char **names = NULL;
const nsID **targets = NULL;
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(status)) {
nameCount = msg->NameCount();
targetCount = msg->TargetCount();
PRUint32 i;
names = (const char **) malloc(nameCount * sizeof(char *));
const char *lastName = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < nameCount; ++i) {
lastName = msg->NextName(lastName);
names[i] = lastName;
}
targets = (const nsID **) malloc(targetCount * sizeof(nsID *));
const nsID *lastTarget = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < targetCount; ++i) {
lastTarget = msg->NextTarget(lastTarget);
targets[i] = lastTarget;
}
}
mHandler->OnQueryComplete(mQueryID,
status,
mClientID,
names, nameCount,
targets, targetCount);
mHandler = NULL;
if (names)
free(names);
if (targets)
free(targets);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ipcService
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ipcService::ipcService()
: mTransport(nsnull)
, mClientID(0)
{
NS_INIT_ISUPPORTS();
IPC_InitLog(">>>");
}
ipcService::~ipcService()
{
NS_ASSERTION(mTransport == nsnull, "no xpcom-shutdown event??");
}
nsresult
ipcService::Init()
{
nsresult rv;
nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observ(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/observer-service;1"));
if (observ) {
observ->AddObserver(this, "xpcom-shutdown", PR_FALSE);
observ->AddObserver(this, "profile-change-net-teardown", PR_FALSE);
observ->AddObserver(this, "profile-change-net-restore", PR_FALSE);
}
mTransport = new ipcTransport();
if (!mTransport)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
NS_ADDREF(mTransport);
rv = mTransport->Init(this);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
return NS_OK;
}
void
ipcService::OnIPCMClientID(const ipcmMessageClientID *msg)
{
LOG(("ipcService::OnIPCMClientID\n"));
ipcClientQuery *query = mQueryQ.First();
if (!query) {
NS_WARNING("no pending query; ignoring message.");
return;
}
PRUint32 cID = msg->ClientID();
PRBool sync = msg->TestFlag(IPC_MSG_FLAG_SYNC_REPLY);
//
// (1) store client ID in query
// (2) move query to end of queue
// (3) issue CLIENT_INFO request
//
query->SetClientID(cID);
mQueryQ.RemoveFirst();
mQueryQ.Append(query);
mTransport->SendMsg(new ipcmMessageQueryClientInfo(cID), sync);
}
void
ipcService::OnIPCMClientInfo(const ipcmMessageClientInfo *msg)
{
LOG(("ipcService::OnIPCMClientInfo\n"));
ipcClientQuery *query = mQueryQ.First();
if (!query) {
NS_WARNING("no pending query; ignoring message.");
return;
}
if (!query->IsCanceled())
query->OnQueryComplete(NS_OK, msg);
mQueryQ.DeleteFirst();
}
void
ipcService::OnIPCMError(const ipcmMessageError *msg)
{
LOG(("ipcService::OnIPCMError [reason=0x%08x]\n", msg->Reason()));
ipcClientQuery *query = mQueryQ.First();
if (!query) {
NS_WARNING("no pending query; ignoring message.");
return;
}
if (!query->IsCanceled())
query->OnQueryComplete(NS_ERROR_FAILURE, NULL);
mQueryQ.DeleteFirst();
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ipcService::
ProcessDelayedMsgQ_Event::ProcessDelayedMsgQ_Event(ipcService *serv,
ipcMessageQ *msgQ)
{
NS_ADDREF(mServ = serv);
mMsgQ = msgQ;
}
ipcService::
ProcessDelayedMsgQ_Event::~ProcessDelayedMsgQ_Event()
{
NS_RELEASE(mServ);
}
void * PR_CALLBACK
ipcService::ProcessDelayedMsgQ_EventHandler(PLEvent *plevent)
{
LOG(("ipcService::ProcessDelayedMsgQ_EventHandler\n"));
ProcessDelayedMsgQ_Event *ev = (ProcessDelayedMsgQ_Event *) plevent;
while (!ev->mMsgQ->IsEmpty()) {
ipcMessage *msg = ev->mMsgQ->First();
ev->mMsgQ->RemoveFirst();
ev->mServ->OnMessageAvailable(msg);
delete msg;
}
return nsnull;
}
void PR_CALLBACK
ipcService::ProcessDelayedMsgQ_EventCleanup(PLEvent *plevent)
{
delete (ProcessDelayedMsgQ_Event *) plevent;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// interface impl
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS2(ipcService, ipcIService, nsIObserver)
NS_IMETHODIMP
ipcService::GetClientID(PRUint32 *clientID)
{
if (mClientID == 0)
return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
*clientID = mClientID;
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
ipcService::AddClientName(const char *name)
{
NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mTransport, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
ipcMessage *msg = new ipcmMessageClientAddName(name);
if (!msg)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
return mTransport->SendMsg(msg);
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
ipcService::RemoveClientName(const char *name)
{
NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mTransport, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
ipcMessage *msg = new ipcmMessageClientDelName(name);
if (!msg)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
return mTransport->SendMsg(msg);
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
ipcService::QueryClientByName(const char *name,
ipcIClientQueryHandler *handler,
PRBool sync,
PRUint32 *queryID)
{
if (!mTransport)
return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
ipcMessage *msg;
msg = new ipcmMessageQueryClientByName(name);
if (!msg)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
nsresult rv;
rv = mTransport->SendMsg(msg, sync);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
ipcClientQuery *query = new ipcClientQuery(0, handler);
if (queryID)
*queryID = query->QueryID();
mQueryQ.Append(query);
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
ipcService::QueryClientByID(PRUint32 clientID,
ipcIClientQueryHandler *handler,
PRBool sync,
PRUint32 *queryID)
{
if (!mTransport)
return NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE;
ipcMessage *msg;
msg = new ipcmMessageQueryClientInfo(clientID);
if (!msg)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
nsresult rv;
rv = mTransport->SendMsg(msg, sync);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
ipcClientQuery *query = new ipcClientQuery(clientID, handler);
if (queryID)
*queryID = query->QueryID();
mQueryQ.Append(query);
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
ipcService::CancelQuery(PRUint32 queryID)
{
ipcClientQuery *query = mQueryQ.First();
while (query) {
if (query->QueryID() == queryID) {
query->OnQueryComplete(NS_ERROR_ABORT, NULL);
break;
}
query = query->mNext;
}
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
ipcService::SetClientObserver(ipcIClientObserver *observer)
{
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
ipcService::SetMessageObserver(const nsID &target, ipcIMessageObserver *observer)
{
NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mTransport, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
nsIDKey key(target);
PRBool sendAdd = PR_TRUE;
ipcIMessageObserver *cobs = (ipcIMessageObserver *) mObserverDB.Get(&key);
if (cobs) {
NS_RELEASE(cobs);
if (!observer) {
mObserverDB.Remove(&key);
//
// send CLIENT_DEL_TARGET
//
mTransport->SendMsg(new ipcmMessageClientDelTarget(target));
return NS_OK;
}
sendAdd = PR_FALSE;
}
if (observer) {
NS_ADDREF(observer);
mObserverDB.Put(&key, observer);
if (sendAdd) {
//
// send CLIENT_ADD_TARGET
//
mTransport->SendMsg(new ipcmMessageClientAddTarget(target));
}
}
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
ipcService::SendMessage(PRUint32 clientID,
const nsID &target,
const PRUint8 *data,
PRUint32 dataLen,
PRBool sync)
{
NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mTransport, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
if (target.Equals(IPCM_TARGET)) {
NS_ERROR("do not try to talk to the IPCM target directly");
return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
}
ipcMessage *msg;
if (clientID)
msg = new ipcmMessageForward(clientID, target, (const char *) data, dataLen);
else
msg = new ipcMessage(target, (const char *) data, dataLen);
if (!msg)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
return mTransport->SendMsg(msg, sync);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// nsIObserver impl
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NS_IMETHODIMP
ipcService::Observe(nsISupports *subject, const char *topic, const PRUnichar *data)
{
if (strcmp(topic, "xpcom-shutdown") == 0 ||
strcmp(topic, "profile-change-net-teardown") == 0) {
// disconnect any message observers
mObserverDB.Reset(ipcReleaseMessageObserver, nsnull);
// drop daemon connection
if (mTransport) {
mTransport->Shutdown();
NS_RELEASE(mTransport);
}
}
else if (strcmp(topic, "profile-change-net-restore") == 0) {
if (mTransport)
mTransport->Init(this);
}
return NS_OK;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ipcTransportObserver impl
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
void
ipcService::OnConnectionEstablished(PRUint32 clientID)
{
LOG(("ipcService::OnConnectionEstablished [cid=%u]\n", clientID));
mClientID = clientID;
//
// enumerate ipc startup category...
//
NS_CreateServicesFromCategory(IPC_SERVICE_STARTUP_CATEGORY,
NS_STATIC_CAST(ipcIService *, this),
IPC_SERVICE_STARTUP_TOPIC);
}
void
ipcService::OnConnectionLost()
{
mClientID = 0;
//
// error out any pending queries
//
while (mQueryQ.First()) {
ipcClientQuery *query = mQueryQ.First();
query->OnQueryComplete(NS_ERROR_ABORT, NULL);
mQueryQ.DeleteFirst();
}
//
// broadcast ipc shutdown...
//
nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observ(
do_GetService("@mozilla.org/observer-service;1"));
if (observ)
observ->NotifyObservers(NS_STATIC_CAST(ipcIService *, this),
IPC_SERVICE_SHUTDOWN_TOPIC, nsnull);
}
void
ipcService::OnMessageAvailable(const ipcMessage *msg)
{
LOG(("ipcService::OnMessageAvailable [msg=%p]\n", msg));
if (msg->Target().Equals(IPCM_TARGET)) {
//
// all IPCM messages stop here.
//
PRUint32 type = IPCM_GetMsgType(msg);
switch (type) {
case IPCM_MSG_TYPE_CLIENT_ID:
OnIPCMClientID((const ipcmMessageClientID *) msg);
break;
case IPCM_MSG_TYPE_CLIENT_INFO:
OnIPCMClientInfo((const ipcmMessageClientInfo *) msg);
break;
case IPCM_MSG_TYPE_ERROR:
OnIPCMError((const ipcmMessageError *) msg);
break;
}
}
else {
nsIDKey key(msg->Target());
ipcIMessageObserver *observer = (ipcIMessageObserver *) mObserverDB.Get(&key);
if (observer)
observer->OnMessageAvailable(msg->Target(),
(const PRUint8 *) msg->Data(),
msg->DataLen());
}
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcService_h__
#define ipcService_h__
#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
#include "nsHashtable.h"
#include "plevent.h"
#include "ipcIService.h"
#include "ipcTransport.h"
#include "ipcList.h"
#include "ipcMessage.h"
#include "ipcMessageQ.h"
#include "ipcm.h"
typedef ipcList<class ipcClientQuery> ipcClientQueryQ;
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ipcService
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class ipcService : public ipcIService
, public ipcTransportObserver
, public nsIObserver
{
public:
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
NS_DECL_IPCISERVICE
NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
ipcService();
virtual ~ipcService();
nsresult Init();
// ipcTransportObserver:
void OnConnectionEstablished(PRUint32 clientID);
void OnConnectionLost();
void OnMessageAvailable(const ipcMessage *);
private:
nsresult ErrorAccordingToIPCM(PRUint32 err);
void OnIPCMClientID(const ipcmMessageClientID *);
void OnIPCMClientInfo(const ipcmMessageClientInfo *);
void OnIPCMError(const ipcmMessageError *);
struct ProcessDelayedMsgQ_Event : PLEvent {
ProcessDelayedMsgQ_Event(ipcService *, ipcMessageQ *);
~ProcessDelayedMsgQ_Event();
ipcService *mServ;
ipcMessageQ *mMsgQ;
};
PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(void*) ProcessDelayedMsgQ_EventHandler(PLEvent *);
PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(void) ProcessDelayedMsgQ_EventCleanup(PLEvent *);
nsHashtable mObserverDB;
ipcTransport *mTransport;
PRUint32 mClientID;
ipcClientQueryQ mQueryQ;
};
#endif // !ipcService_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
/* vim:set ts=4 sw=4 et cindent: */
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
#include "nsIObserverService.h"
#include "nsIInputStream.h"
#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
#include "nsIFile.h"
#include "nsIProcess.h"
#include "nsDirectoryServiceDefs.h"
#include "nsDirectoryServiceUtils.h"
#include "nsEventQueueUtils.h"
#include "nsAutoLock.h"
#include "prproces.h"
#include "prerror.h"
#include "plstr.h"
#include "ipcConfig.h"
#include "ipcLog.h"
#include "ipcConnection.h"
#include "ipcMessageUtils.h"
#include "ipcTransport.h"
#include "ipcm.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static ipcTransport *gTransport = nsnull;
void
IPC_OnConnectionEnd(nsresult error)
{
LOG(("IPC_OnConnectionEnd [error=%x]\n", error));
// if we hit a connection error during a sync message, then we need to
// unblock the waiting thread.
{
nsAutoMonitor mon(gTransport->mMonitor);
gTransport->mHaveConnection = PR_FALSE;
mon.Notify();
}
gTransport->ProxyToMainThread(ipcTransport::ConnectionLost_EventHandler);
NS_RELEASE(gTransport);
}
void
IPC_OnMessageAvailable(ipcMessage *msg)
{
gTransport->OnMessageAvailable(msg);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
nsresult
IPC_SpawnDaemon(const char *path)
{
PRFileDesc *readable = NULL, *writable = NULL;
PRProcessAttr *attr = NULL;
nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
char *const argv[] = { (char *const) path, NULL };
char c;
// setup an anonymous pipe that we can use to determine when the daemon
// process has started up. the daemon will write a char to the pipe, and
// when we read it, we'll know to proceed with trying to connect to the
// daemon's socket port.
if (PR_CreatePipe(&readable, &writable) != PR_SUCCESS)
goto end;
PR_SetFDInheritable(writable, PR_TRUE);
attr = PR_NewProcessAttr();
if (!attr)
goto end;
if (PR_ProcessAttrSetInheritableFD(attr, writable, IPC_STARTUP_PIPE_NAME) != PR_SUCCESS)
goto end;
if (PR_CreateProcessDetached(path, argv, NULL, attr) != PR_SUCCESS)
goto end;
if ((PR_Read(readable, &c, 1) != 1) && (c != IPC_STARTUP_PIPE_MAGIC))
goto end;
rv = NS_OK;
end:
if (readable)
PR_Close(readable);
if (writable)
PR_Close(writable);
if (attr)
PR_DestroyProcessAttr(attr);
return rv;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ipcTransport
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
nsresult
ipcTransport::Init(ipcTransportObserver *obs)
{
LOG(("ipcTransport::Init\n"));
nsresult rv;
nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> file;
nsCAutoString path;
rv = NS_GetSpecialDirectory(NS_XPCOM_CURRENT_PROCESS_DIR, getter_AddRefs(file));
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
rv = file->AppendNative(NS_LITERAL_CSTRING(IPC_DAEMON_APP_NAME));
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
rv = file->GetNativePath(path);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
// stash reference to self so we can handle the callbacks.
NS_ADDREF(gTransport = this);
rv = IPC_Connect(path.get());
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
rv = IPC_SendMsg(new ipcmMessageClientHello());
// if we failed to connect or failed to send the client HELLO
// message, then bail.
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
mObserver = obs;
else
NS_RELEASE(gTransport);
return rv;
}
nsresult
ipcTransport::Shutdown()
{
LOG(("ipcTransport::Shutdown\n"));
mObserver = 0;
return IPC_Disconnect();
}
nsresult
ipcTransport::SendMsg(ipcMessage *msg, PRBool sync)
{
NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msg);
NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mObserver, NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
LOG(("ipcTransport::SendMsg [msg=%p dataLen=%u]\n", msg, msg->DataLen()));
ipcMessage *syncReply = nsnull;
{
nsAutoMonitor mon(mMonitor);
nsresult rv;
if (sync) {
msg->SetFlag(IPC_MSG_FLAG_SYNC_QUERY);
// flag before sending to avoid race with background thread.
mSyncWaiting = PR_TRUE;
}
if (mHaveConnection) {
rv = IPC_SendMsg(msg);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
}
else {
LOG((" delaying message until connected\n"));
mDelayedQ.Append(msg);
}
if (sync) {
// XXX we need to break out of this loop if the connection is lost.
while (!mSyncReplyMsg && mHaveConnection) {
LOG((" waiting for response...\n"));
mon.Wait();
}
if (!mHaveConnection) {
LOG(("connection lost while waiting for sync response\n"));
return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
}
syncReply = mSyncReplyMsg;
mSyncReplyMsg = nsnull;
}
}
if (syncReply) {
// NOTE: may re-enter SendMsg
mObserver->OnMessageAvailable(syncReply);
delete syncReply;
}
return NS_OK;
}
void
ipcTransport::ProcessIncomingMsgQ()
{
LOG(("ipcTransport::ProcessIncomingMsgQ\n"));
// we can't hold mMonitor while calling into the observer, so we grab
// mIncomingMsgQ and NULL it out inside the monitor to prevent others
// from modifying it while we iterate over it.
ipcMessageQ *inQ;
{
nsAutoMonitor mon(mMonitor);
inQ = mIncomingMsgQ;
mIncomingMsgQ = nsnull;
}
if (inQ) {
while (!inQ->IsEmpty()) {
ipcMessage *msg = inQ->First();
if (mObserver)
mObserver->OnMessageAvailable(msg);
inQ->DeleteFirst();
}
delete inQ;
}
}
void *
ipcTransport::ProcessIncomingMsgQ_EventHandler(PLEvent *ev)
{
ipcTransport *self = (ipcTransport *) PL_GetEventOwner(ev);
self->ProcessIncomingMsgQ();
return nsnull;
}
void *
ipcTransport::ConnectionEstablished_EventHandler(PLEvent *ev)
{
ipcTransport *self = (ipcTransport *) PL_GetEventOwner(ev);
if (self->mObserver)
self->mObserver->OnConnectionEstablished(self->mClientID);
return nsnull;
}
void *
ipcTransport::ConnectionLost_EventHandler(PLEvent *ev)
{
ipcTransport *self = (ipcTransport *) PL_GetEventOwner(ev);
if (self->mObserver)
self->mObserver->OnConnectionLost();
return nsnull;
}
void
ipcTransport::Generic_EventCleanup(PLEvent *ev)
{
ipcTransport *self = (ipcTransport *) PL_GetEventOwner(ev);
NS_RELEASE(self);
delete ev;
}
// called on a background thread
void
ipcTransport::OnMessageAvailable(ipcMessage *rawMsg)
{
LOG(("ipcTransport::OnMessageAvailable [msg=%p dataLen=%u]\n",
rawMsg, rawMsg->DataLen()));
//
// XXX FIX COMMENTS XXX
//
// 1- append to incoming message queue
//
// 2- post event to main thread to handle incoming message queue
// or if sync waiting, unblock waiter so it can scan incoming
// message queue.
//
PRBool dispatchEvent = PR_FALSE;
PRBool connectEvent = PR_FALSE;
{
nsAutoMonitor mon(mMonitor);
if (!mHaveConnection) {
if (rawMsg->Target().Equals(IPCM_TARGET) &&
IPCM_GetMsgType(rawMsg) == IPCM_MSG_TYPE_CLIENT_ID) {
LOG((" connection established!\n"));
mHaveConnection = PR_TRUE;
// remember our client ID
ipcMessageCast<ipcmMessageClientID> msg(rawMsg);
mClientID = msg->ClientID();
connectEvent = PR_TRUE;
// move messages off the delayed message queue
while (!mDelayedQ.IsEmpty()) {
ipcMessage *msg = mDelayedQ.First();
mDelayedQ.RemoveFirst();
IPC_SendMsg(msg);
}
rawMsg = nsnull;
}
else
LOG((" received unexpected first message!\n"));
}
if (rawMsg) {
LOG((" mSyncWaiting=%u MSG_FLAG_SYNC_REPLY=%u\n",
mSyncWaiting, rawMsg->TestFlag(IPC_MSG_FLAG_SYNC_REPLY) != 0));
if (mSyncWaiting && rawMsg->TestFlag(IPC_MSG_FLAG_SYNC_REPLY)) {
mSyncReplyMsg = rawMsg;
mSyncWaiting = PR_FALSE;
mon.Notify();
}
else {
if (!mIncomingMsgQ) {
mIncomingMsgQ = new ipcMessageQ();
if (!mIncomingMsgQ)
return;
dispatchEvent = PR_TRUE;
}
mIncomingMsgQ->Append(rawMsg);
}
}
LOG((" connectEvent=%u dispatchEvent=%u mSyncReplyMsg=%p mIncomingMsgQ=%p\n",
connectEvent, dispatchEvent, mSyncReplyMsg, mIncomingMsgQ));
}
if (connectEvent)
ProxyToMainThread(ConnectionEstablished_EventHandler);
if (dispatchEvent)
ProxyToMainThread(ProcessIncomingMsgQ_EventHandler);
}
void
ipcTransport::ProxyToMainThread(PLHandleEventProc proc)
{
LOG(("ipcTransport::ProxyToMainThread\n"));
nsCOMPtr<nsIEventQueue> eq;
NS_GetMainEventQ(getter_AddRefs(eq));
if (eq) {
PLEvent *ev = new PLEvent();
PL_InitEvent(ev, this, proc, Generic_EventCleanup);
NS_ADDREF_THIS();
if (NS_FAILED(eq->PostEvent(ev))) {
LOG((" PostEvent failed"));
NS_RELEASE_THIS();
delete ev;
}
}
}
NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS0(ipcTransport)

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcTransport_h__
#define ipcTransport_h__
#include "nsIObserver.h"
#include "nsITimer.h"
#include "nsString.h"
#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
#include "prmon.h"
#include "ipcMessage.h"
#include "ipcMessageQ.h"
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ipcTransportObserver interface
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class ipcTransportObserver
{
public:
virtual void OnConnectionEstablished(PRUint32 clientID) = 0;
virtual void OnConnectionLost() = 0;
virtual void OnMessageAvailable(const ipcMessage *) = 0;
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ipcTransport
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class ipcTransport : public nsISupports
{
public:
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
ipcTransport()
: mMonitor(PR_NewMonitor())
, mObserver(nsnull)
, mIncomingMsgQ(nsnull)
, mSyncReplyMsg(nsnull)
, mSyncWaiting(nsnull)
, mSentHello(PR_FALSE)
, mHaveConnection(PR_FALSE)
, mSpawnedDaemon(PR_FALSE)
, mConnectionAttemptCount(0)
, mClientID(0)
{}
virtual ~ipcTransport()
{
PR_DestroyMonitor(mMonitor);
}
nsresult Init(ipcTransportObserver *observer);
nsresult Shutdown();
// takes ownership of |msg|
nsresult SendMsg(ipcMessage *msg, PRBool sync = PR_FALSE);
public:
//
// internal to implementation
//
void OnMessageAvailable(ipcMessage *); // takes ownership
private:
friend void IPC_OnMessageAvailable(ipcMessage *);
friend void IPC_OnConnectionEnd(nsresult);
//
// helpers
//
void ProxyToMainThread(PLHandleEventProc);
void ProcessIncomingMsgQ();
PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(void *) ProcessIncomingMsgQ_EventHandler(PLEvent *);
PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(void *) ConnectionEstablished_EventHandler(PLEvent *);
PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(void *) ConnectionLost_EventHandler(PLEvent *);
PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(void) Generic_EventCleanup(PLEvent *);
//
// data
//
PRMonitor *mMonitor;
ipcTransportObserver *mObserver; // weak reference
ipcMessageQ mDelayedQ;
ipcMessageQ *mIncomingMsgQ;
ipcMessage *mSyncReplyMsg;
PRPackedBool mSyncWaiting;
PRPackedBool mSentHello;
PRPackedBool mHaveConnection;
PRPackedBool mSpawnedDaemon;
PRUint32 mConnectionAttemptCount;
PRUint32 mClientID;
};
#endif // !ipcTransport_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1 @@
Makefile

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = ipcd
EXPORTS = \
ipcModule.h \
ipcModuleUtil.h \
$(NULL)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcModule_h__
#define ipcModule_h__
#include "nsID.h"
//
// a client handle is used to efficiently reference a client instance object
// used by the daemon to represent a connection with a particular client app.
//
// modules should treat it as an opaque type.
//
typedef class ipcClient *ipcClientHandle;
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// interface implemented by the module:
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// the version of ipcModuleMethods data structure.
//
#define IPC_MODULE_METHODS_VERSION (1<<16) // 1.0
//
// each module defines the following structure:
//
struct ipcModuleMethods
{
//
// this field holds the version of the data structure, which is always the
// value of IPC_MODULE_METHODS_VERSION against which the module was built.
//
PRUint32 version;
//
// called after this module is registered.
//
void (* init) (void);
//
// called when this module will no longer be accessed.
//
void (* shutdown) (void);
//
// called when a new message arrives for this module.
//
// params:
// client - an opaque "handle" to an object representing the client that
// sent the message. modules should not store the value of this
// beyond the duration fo this function call. (e.g., the handle
// may be invalid after this function call returns.) modules
// wishing to hold onto a reference to a "client" should store
// the client's ID (see IPC_GetClientID).
// target - message target
// data - message data
// dataLen - message data length
//
void (* handleMsg) (ipcClientHandle client,
const nsID &target,
const void *data,
PRUint32 dataLen);
//
// called when a new client connects to the IPC daemon.
//
void (* clientUp) (ipcClientHandle client);
//
// called when a client disconnects from the IPC daemon.
//
void (* clientDown) (ipcClientHandle client);
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// interface implemented by the daemon:
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// the version of ipcDaemonMethods data structure.
//
#define IPC_DAEMON_METHODS_VERSION (1<<16) // 1.0
//
// enumeration functions may return FALSE to stop enumeration.
//
typedef PRBool (* ipcClientEnumFunc) (void *closure, ipcClientHandle client, PRUint32 clientID);
typedef PRBool (* ipcClientNameEnumFunc) (void *closure, ipcClientHandle client, const char *name);
typedef PRBool (* ipcClientTargetEnumFunc) (void *closure, ipcClientHandle client, const nsID &target);
//
// the daemon provides the following structure:
//
struct ipcDaemonMethods
{
PRUint32 version;
//
// called to send a message to another module.
//
// params:
// client - identifies the client from which this message originated.
// target - message target
// data - message data
// dataLen - message data length
//
// returns:
// PR_SUCCESS if message was dispatched.
// PR_FAILURE if message could not be dispatched (possibly because
// no module is registered for the given message target).
//
PRStatus (* dispatchMsg) (ipcClientHandle client,
const nsID &target,
const void *data,
PRUint32 dataLen);
//
// called to send a message to a particular client or to broadcast a
// message to all clients.
//
// params:
// client - if null, then broadcast message to all clients. otherwise,
// send message to the client specified.
// target - message target
// data - message data
// dataLen - message data length
//
// returns:
// PR_SUCCESS if message was sent (or queued up to be sent later).
// PR_FAILURE if message could not be sent (possibly because the client
// does not have a registered observer for the msg's target).
//
PRStatus (* sendMsg) (ipcClientHandle client,
const nsID &target,
const void *data,
PRUint32 dataLen);
//
// called to lookup a client handle given its client ID. each client has
// a unique ID.
//
ipcClientHandle (* getClientByID) (PRUint32 clientID);
//
// called to lookup a client by name or alias. names are not necessary
// unique to individual clients. this function returns the client first
// registered under the given name.
//
ipcClientHandle (* getClientByName) (const char *name);
//
// called to enumerate all clients.
//
void (* enumClients) (ipcClientEnumFunc func, void *closure);
//
// returns the client ID of the specified client.
//
PRUint32 (* getClientID) (ipcClientHandle client);
//
// functions for inspecting the names and targets defined for a particular
// client instance.
//
PRBool (* clientHasName) (ipcClientHandle client, const char *name);
PRBool (* clientHasTarget) (ipcClientHandle client, const nsID &target);
void (* enumClientNames) (ipcClientHandle client, ipcClientNameEnumFunc func, void *closure);
void (* enumClientTargets) (ipcClientHandle client, ipcClientTargetEnumFunc func, void *closure);
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// interface exported by a DSO implementing one or more modules:
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct ipcModuleEntry
{
//
// identifies the message target of this module.
//
nsID target;
//
// module methods
//
ipcModuleMethods *methods;
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define IPC_EXPORT extern "C" NS_EXPORT
//
// IPC_EXPORT int IPC_GetModules(const ipcDaemonMethods *, const ipcModuleEntry **);
//
// params:
// methods - the daemon's methods
// entries - the module entries defined by the DSO
//
// returns:
// length of the |entries| array.
//
typedef int (* ipcGetModulesFunc) (const ipcDaemonMethods *methods, const ipcModuleEntry **entries);
#endif // !ipcModule_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcModuleUtil_h__
#define ipcModuleUtil_h__
#include "prlog.h"
#include "ipcModule.h"
extern const ipcDaemonMethods *gIPCDaemonMethods;
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// inline wrapper functions
//
// these functions may only be called by a module that uses the
// IPC_IMPL_GETMODULES macro.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline PRStatus
IPC_DispatchMsg(ipcClientHandle client, const nsID &target, const void *data, PRUint32 dataLen)
{
PR_ASSERT(gIPCDaemonMethods);
return gIPCDaemonMethods->dispatchMsg(client, target, data, dataLen);
}
inline PRStatus
IPC_SendMsg(ipcClientHandle client, const nsID &target, const void *data, PRUint32 dataLen)
{
PR_ASSERT(gIPCDaemonMethods);
return gIPCDaemonMethods->sendMsg(client, target, data, dataLen);
}
inline ipcClientHandle
IPC_GetClientByID(PRUint32 id)
{
PR_ASSERT(gIPCDaemonMethods);
return gIPCDaemonMethods->getClientByID(id);
}
inline ipcClientHandle
IPC_GetClientByName(const char *name)
{
PR_ASSERT(gIPCDaemonMethods);
return gIPCDaemonMethods->getClientByName(name);
}
inline void
IPC_EnumClients(ipcClientEnumFunc func, void *closure)
{
PR_ASSERT(gIPCDaemonMethods);
gIPCDaemonMethods->enumClients(func, closure);
}
inline PRUint32
IPC_GetClientID(ipcClientHandle client)
{
PR_ASSERT(gIPCDaemonMethods);
return gIPCDaemonMethods->getClientID(client);
}
inline PRBool
IPC_ClientHasName(ipcClientHandle client, const char *name)
{
PR_ASSERT(gIPCDaemonMethods);
return gIPCDaemonMethods->clientHasName(client, name);
}
inline PRBool
IPC_ClientHasTarget(ipcClientHandle client, const nsID &target)
{
PR_ASSERT(gIPCDaemonMethods);
return gIPCDaemonMethods->clientHasTarget(client, target);
}
inline void
IPC_EnumClientNames(ipcClientHandle client, ipcClientNameEnumFunc func, void *closure)
{
PR_ASSERT(gIPCDaemonMethods);
gIPCDaemonMethods->enumClientNames(client, func, closure);
}
inline void
IPC_EnumClientTargets(ipcClientHandle client, ipcClientTargetEnumFunc func, void *closure)
{
PR_ASSERT(gIPCDaemonMethods);
gIPCDaemonMethods->enumClientTargets(client, func, closure);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// inline composite functions
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline PRStatus
IPC_SendMsg(PRUint32 clientID, const nsID &target, const void *data, PRUint32 dataLen)
{
ipcClient *client = IPC_GetClientByID(clientID);
if (!client)
return PR_FAILURE;
return IPC_SendMsg(client, target, data, dataLen);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// module factory macros
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define IPC_IMPL_GETMODULES(_modName, _modEntries) \
const ipcDaemonMethods *gIPCDaemonMethods; \
IPC_EXPORT int \
IPC_GetModules(const ipcDaemonMethods *dmeths, \
const ipcModuleEntry **ents) { \
/* XXX do version checking */ \
gIPCDaemonMethods = dmeths; \
*ents = _modEntries; \
return sizeof(_modEntries) / sizeof(ipcModuleEntry); \
}
#endif // !ipcModuleUtil_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
Makefile
mozipcd

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = ipcd
# required for #include "nsID.h"
REQUIRES = \
xpcom \
$(NULL)
CPPSRCS = \
ipcd.cpp \
ipcClient.cpp \
ipcModuleReg.cpp \
ipcCommandModule.cpp
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),WINNT)
CPPSRCS += ipcdWin.cpp
else
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),BeOS)
CPPSRCS += ipcdStub.cpp
else
CPPSRCS += ipcdUnix.cpp
endif
endif
PROGRAM = mozipcd$(BIN_SUFFIX)
LOCAL_INCLUDES = \
-I$(srcdir)/../../shared/src \
$(NULL)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/config.mk
LIBS = \
$(DIST)/lib/$(LIB_PREFIX)ipcdshared_s.$(LIB_SUFFIX) \
$(EXTRA_DSO_LIBS) \
$(NSPR_LIBS) \
$(NULL)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
# For fruncate
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),Linux)
DEFINES += -D_BSD_SOURCE
endif

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "ipcLog.h"
#include "ipcClient.h"
#include "ipcMessage.h"
#include "ipcModuleReg.h"
#include "ipcd.h"
#include "ipcm.h"
#if defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(XP_OS2)
#include "prio.h"
#endif
PRUint32 ipcClient::gLastID = 0;
//
// called to initialize this client context
//
// assumptions:
// - object's memory has already been zero'd out.
//
void
ipcClient::Init()
{
mID = ++gLastID;
// every client must be able to handle IPCM messages.
mTargets.Append(IPCM_TARGET);
// although it is tempting to fire off the NotifyClientUp event at this
// time, we must wait until the client sends us a CLIENT_HELLO event.
// see ipcCommandModule::OnClientHello.
}
//
// called when this client context is going away
//
void
ipcClient::Finalize()
{
IPC_NotifyClientDown(this);
mNames.DeleteAll();
mTargets.DeleteAll();
#if defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(XP_OS2)
mInMsg.Reset();
mOutMsgQ.DeleteAll();
#endif
}
void
ipcClient::AddName(const char *name)
{
LOG(("adding client name: %s\n", name));
if (HasName(name))
return;
mNames.Append(name);
}
void
ipcClient::DelName(const char *name)
{
LOG(("deleting client name: %s\n", name));
mNames.FindAndDelete(name);
}
void
ipcClient::AddTarget(const nsID &target)
{
LOG(("adding client target\n"));
if (HasTarget(target))
return;
mTargets.Append(target);
}
void
ipcClient::DelTarget(const nsID &target)
{
LOG(("deleting client target\n"));
//
// cannot remove the IPCM target
//
if (!target.Equals(IPCM_TARGET))
mTargets.FindAndDelete(target);
}
#if defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(XP_OS2)
//
// called to process a client socket
//
// params:
// fd - the client socket
// poll_flags - the state of the client socket
//
// return:
// 0 - to end session with this client
// PR_POLL_READ - to wait for the client socket to become readable
// PR_POLL_WRITE - to wait for the client socket to become writable
//
int
ipcClient::Process(PRFileDesc *fd, int inFlags)
{
if (inFlags & (PR_POLL_ERR | PR_POLL_HUP |
PR_POLL_EXCEPT | PR_POLL_NVAL)) {
LOG(("client socket appears to have closed\n"));
return 0;
}
// expect to wait for more data
int outFlags = PR_POLL_READ;
if (inFlags & PR_POLL_READ) {
LOG(("client socket is now readable\n"));
char buf[1024]; // XXX make this larger?
PRInt32 n;
// find out how much data is available for reading...
// n = PR_Available(fd);
n = PR_Read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf));
if (n <= 0)
return 0; // cancel connection
const char *ptr = buf;
while (n) {
PRUint32 nread;
PRBool complete;
if (mInMsg.ReadFrom(ptr, PRUint32(n), &nread, &complete) == PR_FAILURE) {
LOG(("message appears to be malformed; dropping client connection\n"));
return 0;
}
if (complete) {
IPC_DispatchMsg(this, &mInMsg);
mInMsg.Reset();
}
n -= nread;
ptr += nread;
}
}
if (inFlags & PR_POLL_WRITE) {
LOG(("client socket is now writable\n"));
if (mOutMsgQ.First())
WriteMsgs(fd);
}
if (mOutMsgQ.First())
outFlags |= PR_POLL_WRITE;
return outFlags;
}
//
// called to write out any messages from the outgoing queue.
//
int
ipcClient::WriteMsgs(PRFileDesc *fd)
{
while (mOutMsgQ.First()) {
const char *buf = (const char *) mOutMsgQ.First()->MsgBuf();
PRInt32 bufLen = (PRInt32) mOutMsgQ.First()->MsgLen();
if (mSendOffset) {
buf += mSendOffset;
bufLen -= mSendOffset;
}
PRInt32 nw = PR_Write(fd, buf, bufLen);
if (nw <= 0)
break;
LOG(("wrote %d bytes\n", nw));
if (nw == bufLen) {
mOutMsgQ.DeleteFirst();
mSendOffset = 0;
}
else
mSendOffset += nw;
}
return 0;
}
#endif

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcClientUnix_h__
#define ipcClientUnix_h__
#include "prio.h"
#include "ipcMessageQ.h"
#include "ipcStringList.h"
#include "ipcIDList.h"
#ifdef XP_WIN
#include <windows.h>
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ipcClient
//
// NOTE: this class is an implementation detail of the IPC daemon. IPC daemon
// modules (other than the built-in IPCM module) must not access methods on
// this class directly. use the API provided via ipcd.h instead.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class ipcClient
{
public:
void Init();
void Finalize();
PRUint32 ID() const { return mID; }
void AddName(const char *name);
void DelName(const char *name);
PRBool HasName(const char *name) const { return mNames.Find(name) != NULL; }
void AddTarget(const nsID &target);
void DelTarget(const nsID &target);
PRBool HasTarget(const nsID &target) const { return mTargets.Find(target) != NULL; }
// list iterators
const ipcStringNode *Names() const { return mNames.First(); }
const ipcIDNode *Targets() const { return mTargets.First(); }
// returns primary client name (the one specified in the "client hello" message)
const char *PrimaryName() const { return mNames.First() ? mNames.First()->Value() : NULL; }
void SetExpectsSyncReply(PRBool val) { mExpectsSyncReply = val; }
PRBool GetExpectsSyncReply() const { return mExpectsSyncReply; }
#ifdef XP_WIN
PRUint32 PID() const { return mPID; }
void SetPID(PRUint32 pid) { mPID = pid; }
HWND Hwnd() const { return mHwnd; }
void SetHwnd(HWND hwnd) { mHwnd = hwnd; }
#endif
#if defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(XP_OS2)
//
// called to process a client file descriptor. the value of pollFlags
// indicates the state of the socket.
//
// returns:
// 0 - to cancel client connection
// PR_POLL_READ - to poll for a readable socket
// PR_POLL_WRITE - to poll for a writable socket
// (both flags) - to poll for either a readable or writable socket
//
// the socket is non-blocking.
//
int Process(PRFileDesc *sockFD, int pollFlags);
//
// on success or failure, this function takes ownership of |msg| and will
// delete it when appropriate.
//
void EnqueueOutboundMsg(ipcMessage *msg) { mOutMsgQ.Append(msg); }
#endif
private:
static PRUint32 gLastID;
PRUint32 mID;
ipcStringList mNames;
ipcIDList mTargets;
PRBool mExpectsSyncReply;
#ifdef XP_WIN
// on windows, we store the PID of the client process to help us determine
// the client from which a message originated. each message has the PID
// encoded in it.
PRUint32 mPID;
// the hwnd of the client's message window.
HWND mHwnd;
#endif
#if defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(XP_OS2)
ipcMessage mInMsg; // buffer for incoming message
ipcMessageQ mOutMsgQ; // outgoing message queue
// keep track of the amount of the first message sent
PRUint32 mSendOffset;
// utility function for writing out messages.
int WriteMsgs(PRFileDesc *fd);
#endif
};
#endif // !ipcClientUnix_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "ipcLog.h"
#include "ipcCommandModule.h"
#include "ipcModule.h"
#include "ipcClient.h"
#include "ipcMessage.h"
#include "ipcMessageUtils.h"
#include "ipcModuleReg.h"
#include "ipcd.h"
#include "ipcm.h"
struct ipcCommandModule
{
typedef void (* MsgHandler)(ipcClient *, const ipcMessage *);
//
// helpers
//
static char **
BuildStringArray(const ipcStringNode *nodes)
{
size_t count = 0;
const ipcStringNode *node;
for (node = nodes; node; node = node->mNext)
count++;
char **strs = (char **) malloc((count + 1) * sizeof(char *));
if (!strs)
return NULL;
count = 0;
for (node = nodes; node; node = node->mNext, ++count)
strs[count] = (char *) node->Value();
strs[count] = 0;
return strs;
}
static nsID **
BuildIDArray(const ipcIDNode *nodes)
{
size_t count = 0;
const ipcIDNode *node;
for (node = nodes; node; node = node->mNext)
count++;
nsID **ids = (nsID **) calloc(count + 1, sizeof(nsID *));
if (!ids)
return NULL;
count = 0;
for (node = nodes; node; node = node->mNext, ++count)
ids[count] = (nsID *) &node->Value();
return ids;
}
//
// message handlers
//
static void
OnPing(ipcClient *client, const ipcMessage *rawMsg)
{
LOG(("got PING\n"));
IPC_SendMsg(client, new ipcmMessagePing());
}
static void
OnClientHello(ipcClient *client, const ipcMessage *rawMsg)
{
LOG(("got CLIENT_HELLO\n"));
IPC_SendMsg(client, new ipcmMessageClientID(client->ID()));
//
// NOTE: it would almost make sense for this notification to live
// in the transport layer code. however, clients expect to receive
// a CLIENT_ID as the first message following a CLIENT_HELLO, so we
// must not allow modules to see a client until after we have sent
// the CLIENT_ID message.
//
IPC_NotifyClientUp(client);
}
static void
OnClientAddName(ipcClient *client, const ipcMessage *rawMsg)
{
LOG(("got CLIENT_ADD_NAME\n"));
ipcMessageCast<ipcmMessageClientAddName> msg(rawMsg);
const char *name = msg->Name();
if (name)
client->AddName(name);
}
static void
OnClientDelName(ipcClient *client, const ipcMessage *rawMsg)
{
LOG(("got CLIENT_DEL_NAME\n"));
ipcMessageCast<ipcmMessageClientDelName> msg(rawMsg);
const char *name = msg->Name();
if (name)
client->DelName(name);
}
static void
OnClientAddTarget(ipcClient *client, const ipcMessage *rawMsg)
{
LOG(("got CLIENT_ADD_TARGET\n"));
ipcMessageCast<ipcmMessageClientAddTarget> msg(rawMsg);
client->AddTarget(msg->Target());
}
static void
OnClientDelTarget(ipcClient *client, const ipcMessage *rawMsg)
{
LOG(("got CLIENT_DEL_TARGET\n"));
ipcMessageCast<ipcmMessageClientDelTarget> msg(rawMsg);
client->DelTarget(msg->Target());
}
static void
OnQueryClientByName(ipcClient *client, const ipcMessage *rawMsg)
{
LOG(("got QUERY_CLIENT_BY_NAME\n"));
ipcMessageCast<ipcmMessageQueryClientByName> msg(rawMsg);
ipcClient *result = IPC_GetClientByName(msg->Name());
if (result) {
LOG((" client exists w/ ID = %u\n", result->ID()));
IPC_SendMsg(client, new ipcmMessageClientID(result->ID()));
}
else {
LOG((" client does not exist\n"));
IPC_SendMsg(client, new ipcmMessageError(IPCM_ERROR_CLIENT_NOT_FOUND));
}
}
static void
OnQueryClientInfo(ipcClient *client, const ipcMessage *rawMsg)
{
LOG(("got QUERY_CLIENT_INFO\n"));
ipcMessageCast<ipcmMessageQueryClientInfo> msg(rawMsg);
ipcClient *result = IPC_GetClientByID(msg->ClientID());
if (result) {
char **names = BuildStringArray(result->Names());
nsID **targets = BuildIDArray(result->Targets());
IPC_SendMsg(client, new ipcmMessageClientInfo(result->ID(),
(const char **) names,
(const nsID **) targets));
free(names);
free(targets);
}
else {
LOG((" client does not exist\n"));
IPC_SendMsg(client, new ipcmMessageError(IPCM_ERROR_CLIENT_NOT_FOUND));
}
}
static void
OnForward(ipcClient *client, const ipcMessage *rawMsg)
{
LOG(("got FORWARD\n"));
ipcMessageCast<ipcmMessageForward> msg(rawMsg);
ipcClient *dest = IPC_GetClientByID(msg->DestClientID());
if (!dest) {
LOG((" destination client not found!\n"));
return;
}
ipcMessage *newMsg = new ipcMessage(msg->InnerTarget(),
msg->InnerData(),
msg->InnerDataLen());
IPC_SendMsg(dest, newMsg);
}
};
void
IPCM_HandleMsg(ipcClient *client, const ipcMessage *rawMsg)
{
static ipcCommandModule::MsgHandler handlers[] =
{
ipcCommandModule::OnPing,
NULL, // ERROR
ipcCommandModule::OnClientHello,
NULL, // CLIENT_ID
NULL, // CLIENT_INFO
ipcCommandModule::OnClientAddName,
ipcCommandModule::OnClientDelName,
ipcCommandModule::OnClientAddTarget,
ipcCommandModule::OnClientDelTarget,
ipcCommandModule::OnQueryClientByName,
ipcCommandModule::OnQueryClientInfo,
ipcCommandModule::OnForward,
};
int type = IPCM_GetMsgType(rawMsg);
LOG(("IPCM_HandleMsg [type=%d]\n", type));
if (type < IPCM_MSG_TYPE_UNKNOWN) {
if (handlers[type]) {
ipcCommandModule::MsgHandler handler = handlers[type];
handler(client, rawMsg);
}
}
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcCommandModule_h__
#define ipcCommandModule_h__
#include "ipcm.h" // for IPCM_TARGET
class ipcClient;
class ipcMessage;
void IPCM_HandleMsg(ipcClient *, const ipcMessage *);
#endif // !ipcCommandModule_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "prlink.h"
#include "prio.h"
#include "prlog.h"
#include "plstr.h"
#include "ipcConfig.h"
#include "ipcLog.h"
#include "ipcModuleReg.h"
#include "ipcModule.h"
#include "ipcCommandModule.h"
#include "ipcd.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct ipcModuleRegEntry
{
nsID target;
ipcModuleMethods *methods;
PRLibrary *lib;
};
#define IPC_MAX_MODULE_COUNT 64
static ipcModuleRegEntry ipcModules[IPC_MAX_MODULE_COUNT];
static int ipcModuleCount = 0;
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static PRStatus
AddModule(const nsID &target, ipcModuleMethods *methods, const char *libPath)
{
if (ipcModuleCount == IPC_MAX_MODULE_COUNT) {
LOG(("too many modules!\n"));
return PR_FAILURE;
}
if (!methods) {
PR_NOT_REACHED("null module methods");
return PR_FAILURE;
}
//
// each ipcModuleRegEntry holds a reference to a PRLibrary, and on
// shutdown, each PRLibrary reference will be released. this ensures
// that the library will not be unloaded until all of the modules in
// that library are shutdown.
//
ipcModules[ipcModuleCount].target = target;
ipcModules[ipcModuleCount].methods = methods;
ipcModules[ipcModuleCount].lib = PR_LoadLibrary(libPath);
++ipcModuleCount;
return PR_SUCCESS;
}
static void
InitModuleFromLib(const char *modulesDir, const char *fileName)
{
LOG(("InitModuleFromLib [%s]\n", fileName));
static const ipcDaemonMethods gDaemonMethods =
{
IPC_DAEMON_METHODS_VERSION,
IPC_DispatchMsg,
IPC_SendMsg,
IPC_GetClientByID,
IPC_GetClientByName,
IPC_EnumClients,
IPC_GetClientID,
IPC_ClientHasName,
IPC_ClientHasTarget,
IPC_EnumClientNames,
IPC_EnumClientTargets
};
int dLen = strlen(modulesDir);
int fLen = strlen(fileName);
char *buf = (char *) malloc(dLen + 1 + fLen + 1);
memcpy(buf, modulesDir, dLen);
buf[dLen] = IPC_PATH_SEP_CHAR;
memcpy(buf + dLen + 1, fileName, fLen);
buf[dLen + 1 + fLen] = '\0';
PRLibrary *lib = PR_LoadLibrary(buf);
if (lib) {
ipcGetModulesFunc func =
(ipcGetModulesFunc) PR_FindFunctionSymbol(lib, "IPC_GetModules");
LOG((" func=%p\n", (void*) func));
if (func) {
const ipcModuleEntry *entries = NULL;
int count = func(&gDaemonMethods, &entries);
for (int i=0; i<count; ++i) {
if (AddModule(entries[i].target, entries[i].methods, buf) == PR_SUCCESS) {
if (entries[i].methods->init)
entries[i].methods->init();
}
}
}
PR_UnloadLibrary(lib);
}
free(buf);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ipcModuleReg API
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
void
IPC_InitModuleReg(const char *exePath)
{
if (!(exePath && *exePath))
return;
//
// register plug-in modules
//
char *p = PL_strrchr(exePath, IPC_PATH_SEP_CHAR);
if (p == NULL) {
LOG(("unexpected exe path\n"));
return;
}
int baseLen = p - exePath;
int finalLen = baseLen + 1 + sizeof(IPC_MODULES_DIR);
// build full path to ipc modules
char *modulesDir = (char*) malloc(finalLen);
memcpy(modulesDir, exePath, baseLen);
modulesDir[baseLen] = IPC_PATH_SEP_CHAR;
memcpy(modulesDir + baseLen + 1, IPC_MODULES_DIR, sizeof(IPC_MODULES_DIR));
LOG(("loading libraries in %s\n", modulesDir));
//
// scan directory for IPC modules
//
PRDir *dir = PR_OpenDir(modulesDir);
if (dir) {
PRDirEntry *ent;
while ((ent = PR_ReadDir(dir, PR_SKIP_BOTH)) != NULL) {
//
// locate extension, and check if dynamic library
//
const char *p = strrchr(ent->name, '.');
if (p && PL_strcasecmp(p, MOZ_DLL_SUFFIX) == 0)
InitModuleFromLib(modulesDir, ent->name);
}
PR_CloseDir(dir);
}
free(modulesDir);
}
void
IPC_ShutdownModuleReg()
{
//
// shutdown modules in reverse order
//
while (ipcModuleCount) {
ipcModuleRegEntry &entry = ipcModules[--ipcModuleCount];
if (entry.methods->shutdown)
entry.methods->shutdown();
if (entry.lib)
PR_UnloadLibrary(entry.lib);
}
}
void
IPC_NotifyClientUp(ipcClient *client)
{
for (int i = 0; i < ipcModuleCount; ++i) {
ipcModuleRegEntry &entry = ipcModules[i];
if (entry.methods->clientUp)
entry.methods->clientUp(client);
}
}
void
IPC_NotifyClientDown(ipcClient *client)
{
for (int i = 0; i < ipcModuleCount; ++i) {
ipcModuleRegEntry &entry = ipcModules[i];
if (entry.methods->clientDown)
entry.methods->clientDown(client);
}
}
PRStatus
IPC_DispatchMsg(ipcClient *client, const nsID &target, const void *data, PRUint32 dataLen)
{
// dispatch message to every module registered under the given target.
for (int i=0; i<ipcModuleCount; ++i) {
ipcModuleRegEntry &entry = ipcModules[i];
if (entry.target.Equals(target)) {
if (entry.methods->handleMsg)
entry.methods->handleMsg(client, target, data, dataLen);
}
}
return PR_SUCCESS;
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcModuleReg_h__
#define ipcModuleReg_h__
#include "ipcModule.h"
//
// called to init the module registry. this may only be called once at
// startup or once after calling IPC_ShutdownModuleReg.
//
// params:
// exePath - path to the daemon executable. modules are loaded from a
// directory relative to the daemon executable.
//
void IPC_InitModuleReg(const char *exePath);
//
// called to shutdown the module registry. this may be called more than
// once and need not follow a call to IPC_InitModuleReg.
//
void IPC_ShutdownModuleReg();
//
// returns the ipcModuleMethods for the given target.
//
ipcModuleMethods *IPC_GetModuleByTarget(const nsID &target);
//
// notifies all modules of client connect/disconnect
//
void IPC_NotifyClientUp(ipcClient *);
void IPC_NotifyClientDown(ipcClient *);
#endif // !ipcModuleReg_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "prlog.h"
#include "prio.h"
#include "ipcConfig.h"
#include "ipcLog.h"
#include "ipcMessage.h"
#include "ipcClient.h"
#include "ipcModuleReg.h"
#include "ipcModule.h"
#include "ipcCommandModule.h"
#include "ipcdPrivate.h"
#include "ipcd.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
void
IPC_NotifyParent()
{
PRFileDesc *fd = PR_GetInheritedFD(IPC_STARTUP_PIPE_NAME);
if (fd) {
char c = IPC_STARTUP_PIPE_MAGIC;
PR_Write(fd, &c, 1);
PR_Close(fd);
}
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRStatus
IPC_DispatchMsg(ipcClient *client, const ipcMessage *msg)
{
PR_ASSERT(client);
PR_ASSERT(msg);
// remember if client is expecting SYNC_REPLY. we'll add that flag to the
// next message sent to the client.
if (msg->TestFlag(IPC_MSG_FLAG_SYNC_QUERY)) {
PR_ASSERT(client->GetExpectsSyncReply() == PR_FALSE);
client->SetExpectsSyncReply(PR_TRUE);
}
if (msg->Target().Equals(IPCM_TARGET)) {
IPCM_HandleMsg(client, msg);
return PR_SUCCESS;
}
return IPC_DispatchMsg(client, msg->Target(), msg->Data(), msg->DataLen());
}
PRStatus
IPC_SendMsg(ipcClient *client, ipcMessage *msg)
{
PR_ASSERT(msg);
if (client == NULL) {
//
// broadcast
//
for (int i=0; i<ipcClientCount; ++i)
IPC_SendMsg(&ipcClients[i], msg->Clone());
delete msg;
return PR_SUCCESS;
}
// add SYNC_REPLY flag to message if client is expecting...
if (client->GetExpectsSyncReply()) {
msg->SetFlag(IPC_MSG_FLAG_SYNC_REPLY);
client->SetExpectsSyncReply(PR_FALSE);
}
if (client->HasTarget(msg->Target()))
return IPC_PlatformSendMsg(client, msg);
LOG((" no registered message handler\n"));
return PR_FAILURE;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IPC daemon methods
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRStatus
IPC_SendMsg(ipcClient *client, const nsID &target, const void *data, PRUint32 dataLen)
{
return IPC_SendMsg(client, new ipcMessage(target, (const char *) data, dataLen));
}
ipcClient *
IPC_GetClientByID(PRUint32 clientID)
{
// linear search OK since number of clients should be small
for (int i = 0; i < ipcClientCount; ++i) {
if (ipcClients[i].ID() == clientID)
return &ipcClients[i];
}
return NULL;
}
ipcClient *
IPC_GetClientByName(const char *name)
{
// linear search OK since number of clients should be small
for (int i = 0; i < ipcClientCount; ++i) {
if (ipcClients[i].HasName(name))
return &ipcClients[i];
}
return NULL;
}
void
IPC_EnumClients(ipcClientEnumFunc func, void *closure)
{
PR_ASSERT(func);
for (int i = 0; i < ipcClientCount; ++i) {
if (func(closure, &ipcClients[i], ipcClients[i].ID()) == PR_FALSE)
break;
}
}
PRUint32
IPC_GetClientID(ipcClient *client)
{
PR_ASSERT(client);
return client->ID();
}
PRBool
IPC_ClientHasName(ipcClient *client, const char *name)
{
PR_ASSERT(client);
PR_ASSERT(name);
return client->HasName(name);
}
PRBool
IPC_ClientHasTarget(ipcClient *client, const nsID &target)
{
PR_ASSERT(client);
return client->HasTarget(target);
}
void
IPC_EnumClientNames(ipcClient *client, ipcClientNameEnumFunc func, void *closure)
{
PR_ASSERT(client);
PR_ASSERT(func);
const ipcStringNode *node = client->Names();
while (node) {
if (func(closure, client, node->Value()) == PR_FALSE)
break;
node = node->mNext;
}
}
void
IPC_EnumClientTargets(ipcClient *client, ipcClientTargetEnumFunc func, void *closure)
{
PR_ASSERT(client);
PR_ASSERT(func);
const ipcIDNode *node = client->Targets();
while (node) {
if (func(closure, client, node->Value()) == PR_FALSE)
break;
node = node->mNext;
}
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef IPCD_H__
#define IPCD_H__
#include "ipcModule.h"
#include "ipcMessage.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IPC daemon methods (see struct ipcDaemonMethods)
//
// these functions may only be called directly from within the daemon. plug-in
// modules must access these through the ipcDaemonMethods structure.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRStatus IPC_DispatchMsg (ipcClientHandle client, const nsID &target, const void *data, PRUint32 dataLen);
PRStatus IPC_SendMsg (ipcClientHandle client, const nsID &target, const void *data, PRUint32 dataLen);
ipcClientHandle IPC_GetClientByID (PRUint32 id);
ipcClientHandle IPC_GetClientByName (const char *name);
void IPC_EnumClients (ipcClientEnumFunc func, void *closure);
PRUint32 IPC_GetClientID (ipcClientHandle client);
PRBool IPC_ClientHasName (ipcClientHandle client, const char *name);
PRBool IPC_ClientHasTarget (ipcClientHandle client, const nsID &target);
void IPC_EnumClientNames (ipcClientHandle client, ipcClientNameEnumFunc func, void *closure);
void IPC_EnumClientTargets (ipcClientHandle client, ipcClientTargetEnumFunc func, void *closure);
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// other internal IPCD methods
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// dispatch message
//
PRStatus IPC_DispatchMsg(ipcClientHandle client, const ipcMessage *msg);
//
// send message, takes ownership of |msg|.
//
PRStatus IPC_SendMsg(ipcClientHandle client, ipcMessage *msg);
#endif // !IPCD_H__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcdPrivate_h__
#define ipcdPrivate_h__
class ipcClient;
//
// upper limit on the number of active connections
// XXX may want to make this more dynamic
//
#define IPC_MAX_CLIENTS 100
//
// array of connected clients
//
extern ipcClient *ipcClients;
extern int ipcClientCount;
//
// platform specific send message function, takes ownership of |msg|.
//
PRStatus IPC_PlatformSendMsg(ipcClient *client, ipcMessage *msg);
//
// notify parent that it can connect to the daemon.
//
void IPC_NotifyParent();
#endif // !ipcdPrivate_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is IBM Corporation.
* Portions created by IBM Corporation are Copyright (C) 2003
* IBM Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@meer.net>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "ipcd.h"
#include "ipcdPrivate.h"
#include "ipcLog.h"
#include "prerror.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// use this file as a template to add server-side IPC connectivity.
//
// NOTE: if your platform supports local domain TCP sockets, then you should
// be able to make use of ipcConnectionUnix.cpp.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// these variables are declared in ipcdPrivate.h and must be initialized by
// when the daemon starts up.
ipcClient *ipcClients = NULL;
int ipcClientCount = 0;
PRStatus
IPC_PlatformSendMsg(ipcClient *client, ipcMessage *msg)
{
const char notimplemented[] = "IPC_PlatformSendMsg not implemented";
PR_SetErrorText(sizeof(notimplemented), notimplemented);
return PR_FAILURE;
}
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
IPC_InitLog("###");
LOG(("daemon started...\n"));
/*
IPC_InitModuleReg(argv[0]);
IPC_ShutdownModuleReg();
*/
// let the parent process know that we are up-and-running
IPC_NotifyParent();
return 0;
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <signal.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "prio.h"
#include "prerror.h"
#include "prthread.h"
#include "prinrval.h"
#include "plstr.h"
#include "prprf.h"
#include "ipcConfig.h"
#include "ipcLog.h"
#include "ipcMessage.h"
#include "ipcClient.h"
#include "ipcModuleReg.h"
#include "ipcdPrivate.h"
#include "ipcd.h"
#if 0
static void
IPC_Sleep(int seconds)
{
while (seconds > 0) {
LOG(("\rsleeping for %d seconds...", seconds));
PR_Sleep(PR_SecondsToInterval(1));
--seconds;
}
LOG(("\ndone sleeping\n"));
}
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ipc directory and locking...
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// advisory file locking is used to ensure that only one IPC daemon is active
// and bound to the local domain socket at a time.
//
// XXX this code does not work on OS/2.
//
#if !defined(XP_OS2)
#define IPC_USE_FILE_LOCK
#endif
#ifdef IPC_USE_FILE_LOCK
static int ipcLockFD = 0;
static PRBool AcquireDaemonLock(const char *baseDir)
{
const char lockName[] = "lock";
int dirLen = strlen(baseDir);
int len = dirLen // baseDir
+ 1 // "/"
+ sizeof(lockName); // "lock"
char *lockFile = (char *) malloc(len);
memcpy(lockFile, baseDir, dirLen);
lockFile[dirLen] = '/';
memcpy(lockFile + dirLen + 1, lockName, sizeof(lockName));
//
// open lock file. it remains open until we shutdown.
//
ipcLockFD = open(lockFile, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT, S_IWUSR|S_IRUSR);
free(lockFile);
if (ipcLockFD == -1)
return PR_FALSE;
//
// we use fcntl for locking. assumption: filesystem should be local.
// this API is nice because the lock will be automatically released
// when the process dies. it will also be released when the file
// descriptor is closed.
//
struct flock lock;
lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
lock.l_start = 0;
lock.l_len = 0;
lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
if (fcntl(ipcLockFD, F_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
return PR_FALSE;
//
// truncate lock file once we have exclusive access to it.
//
ftruncate(ipcLockFD, 0);
//
// write our PID into the lock file (this just seems like a good idea...
// no real purpose otherwise).
//
char buf[32];
int nb = PR_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%u\n", (unsigned long) getpid());
write(ipcLockFD, buf, nb);
return PR_TRUE;
}
static PRBool InitDaemonDir(const char *socketPath)
{
LOG(("InitDaemonDir [sock=%s]\n", socketPath));
char *baseDir = PL_strdup(socketPath);
//
// make sure IPC directory exists (XXX this should be recursive)
//
char *p = strrchr(baseDir, '/');
if (p)
p[0] = '\0';
mkdir(baseDir, 0700);
//
// if we can't acquire the daemon lock, then another daemon
// must be active, so bail.
//
PRBool haveLock = AcquireDaemonLock(baseDir);
PL_strfree(baseDir);
if (haveLock) {
// delete an existing socket to prevent bind from failing.
unlink(socketPath);
}
return haveLock;
}
static void ShutdownDaemonDir()
{
LOG(("ShutdownDaemonDir\n"));
// deleting directory and files underneath it allows another process
// to think it has exclusive access. better to just leave the hidden
// directory in /tmp and let the OS clean it up via the usual tmpdir
// cleanup cron job.
// this removes the advisory lock, allowing other processes to acquire it.
if (ipcLockFD) {
close(ipcLockFD);
ipcLockFD = 0;
}
}
#endif // IPC_USE_FILE_LOCK
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// poll list
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// declared in ipcdPrivate.h
//
ipcClient *ipcClients = NULL;
int ipcClientCount = 0;
//
// the first element of this array is always zero; this is done so that the
// k'th element of ipcClientArray corresponds to the k'th element of
// ipcPollList.
//
static ipcClient ipcClientArray[IPC_MAX_CLIENTS + 1];
//
// element 0 contains the "server socket"
//
static PRPollDesc ipcPollList[IPC_MAX_CLIENTS + 1];
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static int AddClient(PRFileDesc *fd)
{
if (ipcClientCount == IPC_MAX_CLIENTS) {
LOG(("reached maximum client limit\n"));
return -1;
}
int pollCount = ipcClientCount + 1;
ipcClientArray[pollCount].Init();
ipcPollList[pollCount].fd = fd;
ipcPollList[pollCount].in_flags = PR_POLL_READ;
ipcPollList[pollCount].out_flags = 0;
++ipcClientCount;
return 0;
}
static int RemoveClient(int clientIndex)
{
PRPollDesc *pd = &ipcPollList[clientIndex];
PR_Close(pd->fd);
ipcClientArray[clientIndex].Finalize();
//
// keep the clients and poll_fds contiguous; move the last one into
// the spot held by the one that is going away.
//
int toIndex = clientIndex;
int fromIndex = ipcClientCount;
if (fromIndex != toIndex) {
memcpy(&ipcClientArray[toIndex], &ipcClientArray[fromIndex], sizeof(ipcClient));
memcpy(&ipcPollList[toIndex], &ipcPollList[fromIndex], sizeof(PRPollDesc));
}
//
// zero out the old entries.
//
memset(&ipcClientArray[fromIndex], 0, sizeof(ipcClient));
memset(&ipcPollList[fromIndex], 0, sizeof(PRPollDesc));
--ipcClientCount;
return 0;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static void PollLoop(PRFileDesc *listenFD)
{
// the first element of ipcClientArray is unused.
memset(ipcClientArray, 0, sizeof(ipcClientArray));
ipcClients = ipcClientArray + 1;
ipcClientCount = 0;
ipcPollList[0].fd = listenFD;
ipcPollList[0].in_flags = PR_POLL_EXCEPT | PR_POLL_READ;
while (1) {
PRInt32 rv;
PRIntn i;
int pollCount = ipcClientCount + 1;
ipcPollList[0].out_flags = 0;
//
// poll
//
// timeout after 5 minutes. if no connections after timeout, then
// exit. this timeout ensures that we don't stay resident when no
// clients are interested in connecting after spawning the daemon.
//
// XXX add #define for timeout value
//
LOG(("calling PR_Poll [pollCount=%d]\n", pollCount));
rv = PR_Poll(ipcPollList, pollCount, PR_SecondsToInterval(60 * 5));
if (rv == -1) {
LOG(("PR_Poll failed [%d]\n", PR_GetError()));
return;
}
if (rv > 0) {
//
// process clients that are ready
//
for (i = 1; i < pollCount; ++i) {
if (ipcPollList[i].out_flags != 0) {
ipcPollList[i].in_flags =
ipcClientArray[i].Process(ipcPollList[i].fd,
ipcPollList[i].out_flags);
ipcPollList[i].out_flags = 0;
}
}
//
// cleanup any dead clients (indicated by a zero in_flags)
//
for (i = pollCount - 1; i >= 1; --i) {
if (ipcPollList[i].in_flags == 0)
RemoveClient(i);
}
//
// check for new connection
//
if (ipcPollList[0].out_flags & PR_POLL_READ) {
LOG(("got new connection\n"));
PRNetAddr clientAddr;
memset(&clientAddr, 0, sizeof(clientAddr));
PRFileDesc *clientFD;
clientFD = PR_Accept(listenFD, &clientAddr, PR_INTERVAL_NO_WAIT);
if (clientFD == NULL) {
// ignore this error... perhaps the client disconnected.
LOG(("PR_Accept failed [%d]\n", PR_GetError()));
}
else {
// make socket non-blocking
PRSocketOptionData opt;
opt.option = PR_SockOpt_Nonblocking;
opt.value.non_blocking = PR_TRUE;
PR_SetSocketOption(clientFD, &opt);
if (AddClient(clientFD) != 0)
PR_Close(clientFD);
}
}
}
//
// shutdown if no clients
//
if (ipcClientCount == 0) {
LOG(("shutting down\n"));
break;
}
}
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRStatus
IPC_PlatformSendMsg(ipcClient *client, ipcMessage *msg)
{
LOG(("IPC_PlatformSendMsg\n"));
//
// must copy message onto send queue.
//
client->EnqueueOutboundMsg(msg);
//
// since our Process method may have already been called, we must ensure
// that the PR_POLL_WRITE flag is set.
//
int clientIndex = client - ipcClientArray;
ipcPollList[clientIndex].in_flags |= PR_POLL_WRITE;
return PR_SUCCESS;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
PRFileDesc *listenFD = NULL;
PRNetAddr addr;
//
// ignore SIGINT so <ctrl-c> from terminal only kills the client
// which spawned this daemon.
//
signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
// XXX block others? check cartman
// ensure strict file permissions
umask(0077);
IPC_InitLog("###");
LOG(("daemon started...\n"));
//XXX uncomment these lines to test slow starting daemon
//IPC_Sleep(2);
// set socket address
addr.local.family = PR_AF_LOCAL;
if (argc < 2)
IPC_GetDefaultSocketPath(addr.local.path, sizeof(addr.local.path));
else
PL_strncpyz(addr.local.path, argv[1], sizeof(addr.local.path));
#ifdef IPC_USE_FILE_LOCK
if (!InitDaemonDir(addr.local.path)) {
LOG(("InitDaemonDir failed\n"));
goto end;
}
#endif
listenFD = PR_OpenTCPSocket(PR_AF_LOCAL);
if (!listenFD) {
LOG(("PR_OpenTCPSocket failed [%d]\n", PR_GetError()));
goto end;
}
if (PR_Bind(listenFD, &addr) != PR_SUCCESS) {
LOG(("PR_Bind failed [%d]\n", PR_GetError()));
goto end;
}
IPC_InitModuleReg(argv[0]);
if (PR_Listen(listenFD, 5) != PR_SUCCESS) {
LOG(("PR_Listen failed [%d]\n", PR_GetError()));
goto end;
}
IPC_NotifyParent();
PollLoop(listenFD);
end:
IPC_ShutdownModuleReg();
IPC_NotifyParent();
//IPC_Sleep(5);
#ifdef IPC_USE_FILE_LOCK
// it is critical that we release the lock before closing the socket,
// otherwise, a client might launch another daemon that would be unable
// to acquire the lock and would then leave the client without a daemon.
ShutdownDaemonDir();
#endif
if (listenFD) {
LOG(("closing socket\n"));
PR_Close(listenFD);
}
return 0;
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include <windows.h>
#include "prthread.h"
#include "ipcConfig.h"
#include "ipcLog.h"
#include "ipcMessage.h"
#include "ipcClient.h"
#include "ipcModuleReg.h"
#include "ipcdPrivate.h"
#include "ipcd.h"
#include "ipcm.h"
//
// declared in ipcdPrivate.h
//
ipcClient *ipcClients = NULL;
int ipcClientCount = 0;
static ipcClient ipcClientArray[IPC_MAX_CLIENTS];
static HWND ipcHwnd = NULL;
static PRBool ipcShutdown = PR_FALSE;
#define IPC_PURGE_TIMER_ID 1
#define IPC_WM_SENDMSG (WM_USER + 1)
#define IPC_WM_SHUTDOWN (WM_USER + 2)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// client array manipulation
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static void
RemoveClient(ipcClient *client)
{
LOG(("RemoveClient\n"));
int clientIndex = client - ipcClientArray;
client->Finalize();
//
// move last ipcClient object down into the spot occupied by this client.
//
int fromIndex = ipcClientCount - 1;
int toIndex = clientIndex;
if (toIndex != fromIndex)
memcpy(&ipcClientArray[toIndex], &ipcClientArray[fromIndex], sizeof(ipcClient));
memset(&ipcClientArray[fromIndex], 0, sizeof(ipcClient));
--ipcClientCount;
LOG((" num clients = %u\n", ipcClientCount));
if (ipcClientCount == 0) {
LOG((" shutting down...\n"));
KillTimer(ipcHwnd, IPC_PURGE_TIMER_ID);
PostQuitMessage(0);
ipcShutdown = PR_TRUE;
}
}
static void
PurgeStaleClients()
{
if (ipcClientCount == 0)
return;
LOG(("PurgeStaleClients [num-clients=%u]\n", ipcClientCount));
//
// walk the list of supposedly active clients, and verify the existance of
// their respective message windows.
//
char wName[IPC_CLIENT_WINDOW_NAME_MAXLEN];
for (int i=ipcClientCount-1; i>=0; --i) {
ipcClient *client = &ipcClientArray[i];
LOG((" checking client at index %u [client-id=%u pid=%u]\n",
i, client->ID(), client->PID()));
IPC_GetClientWindowName(client->PID(), wName);
// XXX dougt has ideas about how to make this better
HWND hwnd = FindWindow(IPC_CLIENT_WINDOW_CLASS, wName);
if (!hwnd) {
LOG((" client window not found; removing client!\n"));
RemoveClient(client);
}
}
}
static ipcClient *
AddClient(HWND hwnd, PRUint32 pid)
{
LOG(("AddClient\n"));
//
// before adding a new client, verify that all existing clients are
// still up and running. remove any stale clients.
//
PurgeStaleClients();
if (ipcClientCount == IPC_MAX_CLIENTS) {
LOG((" reached maximum client count!\n"));
return NULL;
}
ipcClient *client = &ipcClientArray[ipcClientCount];
client->Init();
client->SetHwnd(hwnd);
client->SetPID(pid); // XXX one function instead of 3
++ipcClientCount;
LOG((" num clients = %u\n", ipcClientCount));
if (ipcClientCount == 1)
SetTimer(ipcHwnd, IPC_PURGE_TIMER_ID, 1000, NULL);
return client;
}
static ipcClient *
GetClientByPID(PRUint32 pid)
{
for (int i=0; i<ipcClientCount; ++i) {
if (ipcClientArray[i].PID() == pid)
return &ipcClientArray[i];
}
return NULL;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// message processing
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static void
ProcessMsg(HWND hwnd, PRUint32 pid, const ipcMessage *msg)
{
LOG(("ProcessMsg [pid=%u len=%u]\n", pid, msg->MsgLen()));
ipcClient *client = GetClientByPID(pid);
if (client) {
//
// if this is an IPCM "client hello" message, then reset the client
// instance object.
//
if (msg->Target().Equals(IPCM_TARGET) &&
IPCM_GetMsgType(msg) == IPCM_MSG_TYPE_CLIENT_HELLO) {
RemoveClient(client);
client = NULL;
}
}
if (client == NULL) {
client = AddClient(hwnd, pid);
if (!client)
return;
}
IPC_DispatchMsg(client, msg);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRStatus
IPC_PlatformSendMsg(ipcClient *client, ipcMessage *msg)
{
LOG(("IPC_PlatformSendMsg [clientID=%u clientPID=%u]\n",
client->ID(), client->PID()));
// use PostMessage to make this asynchronous; otherwise we might get
// some wierd SendMessage recursion between processes.
WPARAM wParam = (WPARAM) client->Hwnd();
LPARAM lParam = (LPARAM) msg;
if (!PostMessage(ipcHwnd, IPC_WM_SENDMSG, wParam, lParam)) {
LOG(("PostMessage failed\n"));
delete msg;
return PR_FAILURE;
}
return PR_SUCCESS;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// windows message loop
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static LRESULT CALLBACK
WindowProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
{
LOG(("got message [msg=%x wparam=%x lparam=%x]\n", uMsg, wParam, lParam));
if (uMsg == WM_COPYDATA) {
if (ipcShutdown) {
LOG(("ignoring message b/c daemon is shutting down\n"));
return TRUE;
}
COPYDATASTRUCT *cd = (COPYDATASTRUCT *) lParam;
if (cd && cd->lpData) {
ipcMessage msg;
PRUint32 bytesRead;
PRBool complete;
// XXX avoid extra malloc
PRStatus rv = msg.ReadFrom((const char *) cd->lpData, cd->cbData,
&bytesRead, &complete);
if (rv == PR_SUCCESS && complete) {
//
// grab client PID and hwnd.
//
ProcessMsg((HWND) wParam, (PRUint32) cd->dwData, &msg);
}
else
LOG(("ignoring malformed message\n"));
}
return TRUE;
}
if (uMsg == IPC_WM_SENDMSG) {
HWND hWndDest = (HWND) wParam;
ipcMessage *msg = (ipcMessage *) lParam;
COPYDATASTRUCT cd;
cd.dwData = GetCurrentProcessId();
cd.cbData = (DWORD) msg->MsgLen();
cd.lpData = (PVOID) msg->MsgBuf();
LOG(("calling SendMessage...\n"));
SendMessage(hWndDest, WM_COPYDATA, (WPARAM) hWnd, (LPARAM) &cd);
LOG((" done.\n"));
delete msg;
return 0;
}
if (uMsg == WM_TIMER) {
PurgeStaleClients();
return 0;
}
#if 0
if (uMsg == IPC_WM_SHUTDOWN) {
//
// since this message is handled asynchronously, it is possible
// that other clients may have come online since this was issued.
// in which case, we need to ignore this message.
//
if (ipcClientCount == 0) {
ipcShutdown = PR_TRUE;
PostQuitMessage(0);
}
return 0;
}
#endif
return DefWindowProc(hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// daemon startup synchronization
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static HANDLE ipcSyncEvent;
static PRBool
AcquireLock()
{
ipcSyncEvent = CreateEvent(NULL, FALSE, FALSE,
IPC_SYNC_EVENT_NAME);
if (!ipcSyncEvent) {
LOG(("CreateEvent failed [%u]\n", GetLastError()));
return PR_FALSE;
}
// check to see if event already existed prior to this call.
if (GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS) {
LOG((" lock already set; exiting...\n"));
return PR_FALSE;
}
LOG((" acquired lock\n"));
return PR_TRUE;
}
static void
ReleaseLock()
{
if (ipcSyncEvent) {
LOG(("releasing lock...\n"));
CloseHandle(ipcSyncEvent);
ipcSyncEvent = NULL;
}
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// main
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifdef DEBUG
int
main()
#else
int WINAPI WinMain(HINSTANCE, HINSTANCE, LPSTR, int)
#endif
{
IPC_InitLog("###");
LOG(("daemon started...\n"));
if (!AcquireLock()) {
// unblock the parent; it should be able to find the IPC window of the
// other daemon process.
IPC_NotifyParent();
return 0;
}
// initialize global data
memset(ipcClientArray, 0, sizeof(ipcClientArray));
ipcClients = ipcClientArray;
ipcClientCount = 0;
// create message window up front...
WNDCLASS wc;
memset(&wc, 0, sizeof(wc));
wc.lpfnWndProc = WindowProc;
wc.lpszClassName = IPC_WINDOW_CLASS;
RegisterClass(&wc);
ipcHwnd = CreateWindow(IPC_WINDOW_CLASS, IPC_WINDOW_NAME,
0, 0, 0, 10, 10, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
// unblock the parent process; it should now look for the IPC window.
IPC_NotifyParent();
if (!ipcHwnd)
return -1;
// load modules relative to the location of the executable...
{
char path[MAX_PATH];
GetModuleFileName(NULL, path, sizeof(path));
IPC_InitModuleReg(path);
}
LOG(("entering message loop...\n"));
MSG msg;
while (GetMessage(&msg, ipcHwnd, 0, 0))
DispatchMessage(&msg);
// unload modules
IPC_ShutdownModuleReg();
//
// we release the daemon lock before destroying the window because the
// absence of our window is what will cause clients to try to spawn the
// daemon.
//
ReleaseLock();
//LOG(("sleeping 5 seconds...\n"));
//PR_Sleep(PR_SecondsToInterval(5));
LOG(("destroying message window...\n"));
DestroyWindow(ipcHwnd);
ipcHwnd = NULL;
LOG(("exiting\n"));
return 0;
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1 @@
Makefile

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = ipcd
DIRS = lock transmngr
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1 @@
Makefile

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
DIRS = public src
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1 @@
Makefile

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = ipcd
XPIDLSRCS = \
ipcILockService.idl \
ipcILockNotify.idl \
$(NULL)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

Просмотреть файл

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "nsISupports.idl"
interface ipcILockNotify;
/**
* This service provides named interprocess locking with either synchronous
* or asynchronous waiting.
*/
[scriptable, uuid(9f6dbe15-d851-4b00-912a-5ac0be88a409)]
interface ipcILockService : nsISupports
{
/**
* Call this method to acquire a named lock. Pass a notification handler
* to be notified asynchronously when the lock is acquired. Otherwise,
* this function will block until the lock is acquired.
*
* @param aLockName
* specifies the name of the lock
* @param aNotify
* notification callback (NULL to synchronously acquire lock)
* @param aWaitIfBusy
* wait for the lock to become available; otherwise, fail if lock
* is already held by some other process.
*/
void acquireLock(in string aLockName,
in ipcILockNotify aNotify,
in boolean aWaitIfBusy);
/**
* Call this method to release a named lock. This method can be called
* before OnAcquireLockComplete has been called, which will effectively
* cancel the request to acquire the named lock. OnAcquireLockComplete
* will not be called after a call to ReleaseLock.
*
* @param aLockName
* specifies the name of the lock
*/
void releaseLock(in string aLockName);
};
%{C++
// singleton implementing ipcILockService
#define IPC_LOCKSERVICE_CLASSNAME \
"ipcLockService"
#define IPC_LOCKSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
"@mozilla.org/ipc/lock-service;1"
#define IPC_LOCKSERVICE_CID \
{ /* d9e56bf8-e32e-4b6d-87f1-06d73b0ce7ca */ \
0xd9e56bf8, \
0xe32e, \
0x4b6d, \
{0x87, 0xf1, 0x06, 0xd7, 0x3b, 0x0c, 0xe7, 0xca} \
}
%}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcLockCID_h__
#define ipcLockCID_h__
#define IPC_LOCKSERVICE_CLASSNAME \
"ipcLockService"
#define IPC_LOCKSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
"@mozilla.org/ipc/lock-service;1"
#define IPC_LOCKSERVICE_CID \
{ /* d9e56bf8-e32e-4b6d-87f1-06d73b0ce7ca */ \
0xd9e56bf8, \
0xe32e, \
0x4b6d, \
{0x87, 0xf1, 0x06, 0xd7, 0x3b, 0x0c, 0xe7, 0xca} \
}
#endif // !ipcLockCID_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1 @@
Makefile

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
DIRS = module
MODULE = ipcd
LIBRARY_NAME = ipcdlock_s
FORCE_STATIC_LIB = 1
MODULE_NAME = ipcd
FORCE_USE_PIC = 1
REQUIRES = \
xpcom \
string \
$(NULL)
CPPSRCS = \
ipcLockProtocol.cpp \
ipcLockService.cpp \
$(NULL)
LOCAL_INCLUDES = \
-I$(srcdir)/../../../shared/src \
$(NULL)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "prlog.h"
#include "ipcLockProtocol.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static inline PRUint8 get_opcode(const PRUint8 *buf)
{
return (buf[0] & 0x0f);
}
static inline PRUint8 get_flags(const PRUint8 *buf)
{
return (buf[0] & 0xf0) >> 4;
}
static inline const char *get_key(const PRUint8 *buf)
{
return ((const char *) buf) + 1;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRUint8 *
IPC_FlattenLockMsg(const ipcLockMsg *msg, PRUint32 *bufLen)
{
PRUint32 len = 1 // header byte
+ strlen(msg->key) // key
+ 1; // null terminator
PRUint8 *buf = (PRUint8 *) malloc(len);
if (!buf)
return NULL;
buf[0] = (msg->opcode | (msg->flags << 4));
memcpy(&buf[1], msg->key, len - 1);
*bufLen = len;
return buf;
}
void
IPC_UnflattenLockMsg(const PRUint8 *buf, PRUint32 bufLen, ipcLockMsg *msg)
{
PR_ASSERT(bufLen > 2); // malformed buffer otherwise
msg->opcode = get_opcode(buf);
msg->flags = get_flags(buf);
msg->key = get_key(buf);
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcLockProtocol_h__
#define ipcLockProtocol_h__
#include "prtypes.h"
//
// ipc lock message format:
//
// +----------------------------------+
// | opcode : 4 bits |
// +----------------------------------+
// | flags : 4 bits |
// +----------------------------------+
// | key : null terminated string |
// +----------------------------------+
//
// lock opcodes
#define IPC_LOCK_OP_ACQUIRE 1
#define IPC_LOCK_OP_RELEASE 2
#define IPC_LOCK_OP_STATUS_ACQUIRED 3
#define IPC_LOCK_OP_STATUS_FAILED 4
#define IPC_LOCK_OP_STATUS_BUSY 5
// lock flags
#define IPC_LOCK_FL_NONBLOCKING 1
// data structure for representing lock request message
struct ipcLockMsg
{
PRUint8 opcode;
PRUint8 flags;
const char * key;
};
//
// flatten a lock message
//
// returns a malloc'd buffer containing the flattened message. on return,
// bufLen contains the length of the flattened message.
//
PRUint8 *IPC_FlattenLockMsg(const ipcLockMsg *msg, PRUint32 *bufLen);
//
// unflatten a lock message
//
void IPC_UnflattenLockMsg(const PRUint8 *buf, PRUint32 bufLen, ipcLockMsg *msg);
//
// TargetID for message passing
//
#define IPC_LOCK_TARGETID \
{ /* 703ada8a-2d38-4d5d-9d39-03d1ccceb567 */ \
0x703ada8a, \
0x2d38, \
0x4d5d, \
{0x9d, 0x39, 0x03, 0xd1, 0xcc, 0xce, 0xb5, 0x67} \
}
#endif // !ipcLockProtocol_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
#include "ipcILockNotify.h"
#include "ipcLockService.h"
#include "ipcLockProtocol.h"
#include "ipcLog.h"
static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIPCServiceCID, IPC_SERVICE_CID);
static const nsID kLockTargetID = IPC_LOCK_TARGETID;
ipcLockService::ipcLockService()
{
}
ipcLockService::~ipcLockService()
{
}
nsresult
ipcLockService::Init()
{
nsresult rv;
mIPCService = do_GetService(kIPCServiceCID, &rv);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
return mIPCService->SetMessageObserver(kLockTargetID, this);
}
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(ipcLockService, ipcILockService)
NS_IMETHODIMP
ipcLockService::AcquireLock(const char *lockName, ipcILockNotify *notify, PRBool waitIfBusy)
{
LOG(("ipcLockService::AcquireLock [lock=%s sync=%u wait=%u]\n",
lockName, notify == nsnull, waitIfBusy));
ipcLockMsg msg;
msg.opcode = IPC_LOCK_OP_ACQUIRE;
msg.flags = (waitIfBusy ? 0 : IPC_LOCK_FL_NONBLOCKING);
msg.key = lockName;
PRUint32 bufLen;
PRUint8 *buf = IPC_FlattenLockMsg(&msg, &bufLen);
if (!buf)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
nsresult rv = mIPCService->SendMessage(0, kLockTargetID, buf, bufLen, (notify == nsnull));
free(buf);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
LOG((" SendMessage failed [rv=%x]\n", rv));
return rv;
}
if (notify) {
nsCStringKey hashKey(lockName);
mPendingTable.Put(&hashKey, notify);
}
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
ipcLockService::ReleaseLock(const char *lockName)
{
LOG(("ipcLockService::ReleaseLock [lock=%s]\n", lockName));
ipcLockMsg msg;
msg.opcode = IPC_LOCK_OP_RELEASE;
msg.flags = 0;
msg.key = lockName;
PRUint32 bufLen;
PRUint8 *buf = IPC_FlattenLockMsg(&msg, &bufLen);
if (!buf)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
nsresult rv = mIPCService->SendMessage(0, kLockTargetID, buf, bufLen, PR_FALSE);
free(buf);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
nsCStringKey hashKey(lockName);
mPendingTable.Remove(&hashKey);
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
ipcLockService::OnMessageAvailable(const nsID &target, const PRUint8 *data, PRUint32 dataLen)
{
ipcLockMsg msg;
IPC_UnflattenLockMsg(data, dataLen, &msg);
LOG(("ipcLockService::OnMessageAvailable [lock=%s opcode=%u]\n", msg.key, msg.opcode));
nsresult status;
if (msg.opcode == IPC_LOCK_OP_STATUS_ACQUIRED)
status = NS_OK;
else
status = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
NotifyComplete(msg.key, status);
return NS_OK;
}
void
ipcLockService::NotifyComplete(const char *lockName, nsresult status)
{
nsCStringKey hashKey(lockName);
nsISupports *obj = mPendingTable.Get(&hashKey); // ADDREFS
if (obj) {
nsCOMPtr<ipcILockNotify> notify = do_QueryInterface(obj);
NS_RELEASE(obj);
if (notify)
notify->OnAcquireLockComplete(lockName, status);
}
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcLockService_h__
#define ipcLockService_h__
#include "ipcILockService.h"
#include "ipcIService.h"
#include "ipcIMessageObserver.h"
#include "ipcList.h"
#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
#include "nsHashtable.h"
class ipcLockService : public ipcILockService
, public ipcIMessageObserver
{
public:
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
NS_DECL_IPCILOCKSERVICE
NS_DECL_IPCIMESSAGEOBSERVER
ipcLockService();
virtual ~ipcLockService();
nsresult Init();
private:
void NotifyComplete(const char *lockName, nsresult status);
nsCOMPtr<ipcIService> mIPCService;
// map from lockname to locknotify for pending notifications
nsSupportsHashtable mPendingTable;
};
#endif // !ipcLockService_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1 @@
Makefile

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../../../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = ipcd
LIBRARY_NAME = lockmodule
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH), OS2)
SHORT_LIBNAME = lockmod
endif
MODULE_NAME = ipcd
FORCE_SHARED_LIB = 1
NO_DIST_INSTALL = 1
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),Darwin)
NO_COMPONENT_LINK_MAP = 1
MOZ_COMPONENTS_VERSION_SCRIPT_LDFLAGS =
endif
# required for #include "nsID.h"
REQUIRES = \
xpcom \
$(NULL)
CPPSRCS = ipcLockModule.cpp
LOCAL_INCLUDES = \
-I$(srcdir)/.. \
$(NULL)
EXTRA_OBJS = ../ipcLockProtocol.$(OBJ_SUFFIX)
EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS = \
$(LIBS_DIR) \
$(NSPR_LIBS) \
$(EXTRA_DSO_LIBS) \
$(EXTRA_OBJS) \
$(NULL)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
_IPC_FILES = \
$(DLL_PREFIX)$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(DLL_SUFFIX) \
$(NULL)
libs:: $(_IPC_FILES)
$(INSTALL) $^ $(DIST)/bin/ipc/modules
install:: $(_IPC_FILES)
$(SYSINSTALL) $(IFLAGS1) $^ $(DESTDIR)$(mozappdir)/ipc/modules

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "ipcModuleUtil.h"
#include "ipcLockProtocol.h"
#include "plhash.h"
static const nsID kLockTargetID = IPC_LOCK_TARGETID;
static void
ipcLockModule_Send(PRUint32 cid, const char *key, PRUint8 opcode)
{
ipcLockMsg msg = { opcode, 0, key };
PRUint32 bufLen;
PRUint8 *buf = IPC_FlattenLockMsg(&msg, &bufLen);
if (!buf)
return;
IPC_SendMsg(cid, kLockTargetID, buf, bufLen);
free(buf);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// gLockTable stores mapping from lock name to ipcLockContext
//
static PLHashTable *gLockTable = NULL;
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct ipcLockContext
{
PRUint32 mOwnerID; // client ID of this lock's owner
struct ipcLockContext *mNextPending; // pointer to client next in line to
// acquire this lock.
ipcLockContext(PRUint32 ownerID)
: mOwnerID(ownerID)
, mNextPending(NULL) {}
};
static void
ipcLockModule_AcquireLock(PRUint32 cid, PRUint8 flags, const char *key)
{
printf("$$$ acquiring lock [key=%s]\n", key);
if (!gLockTable)
return;
ipcLockContext *ctx;
ctx = (ipcLockContext *) PL_HashTableLookup(gLockTable, key);
if (ctx) {
//
// lock is already acquired, add this client to the queue. make
// sure this client doesn't already own the lock or live on the queue.
//
while (ctx->mOwnerID != cid && ctx->mNextPending)
ctx = ctx->mNextPending;
if (ctx->mOwnerID != cid) {
//
// if nonblocking, then send busy status message. otherwise,
// proceed to add this client to the pending queue.
//
if (flags & IPC_LOCK_FL_NONBLOCKING)
ipcLockModule_Send(cid, key, IPC_LOCK_OP_STATUS_BUSY);
else
ctx->mNextPending = new ipcLockContext(cid);
}
}
else {
//
// ok, add this lock to the table, and notify client that it now owns
// the lock!
//
ctx = new ipcLockContext(cid);
if (!ctx)
return;
PL_HashTableAdd(gLockTable, key, ctx);
ipcLockModule_Send(cid, key, IPC_LOCK_OP_STATUS_ACQUIRED);
}
}
static void
ipcLockModule_ReleaseLock(PRUint32 cid, const char *key)
{
printf("$$$ releasing lock [key=%s]\n", key);
if (!gLockTable)
return;
ipcLockContext *ctx;
ctx = (ipcLockContext *) PL_HashTableLookup(gLockTable, key);
if (ctx) {
//
// lock is already acquired _or_ maybe client is on the pending list.
//
if (ctx->mOwnerID == cid) {
if (ctx->mNextPending) {
//
// remove this element from the list. since this is the
// first element in the list, instead of removing it we
// shift the data from the next context into this one and
// delete the next context.
//
ipcLockContext *next = ctx->mNextPending;
ctx->mOwnerID = next->mOwnerID;
ctx->mNextPending = next->mNextPending;
delete next;
//
// notify client that it now owns the lock
//
ipcLockModule_Send(ctx->mOwnerID, key, IPC_LOCK_OP_STATUS_ACQUIRED);
}
else {
delete ctx;
PL_HashTableRemove(gLockTable, key);
}
}
else {
ipcLockContext *prev;
for (;;) {
prev = ctx;
ctx = ctx->mNextPending;
if (!ctx)
break;
if (ctx->mOwnerID == cid) {
// remove ctx from list
prev->mNextPending = ctx->mNextPending;
delete ctx;
break;
}
}
}
}
}
PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(PRIntn)
ipcLockModule_ReleaseByCID(PLHashEntry *he, PRIntn i, void *arg)
{
PRUint32 cid = *(PRUint32 *) arg;
ipcLockModule_ReleaseLock(cid, (const char *) he->key);
return HT_ENUMERATE_NEXT;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static void
ipcLockModule_Init()
{
printf("$$$ ipcLockModule_Init\n");
gLockTable = PL_NewHashTable(32,
PL_HashString,
PL_CompareStrings,
PL_CompareValues,
NULL,
NULL);
}
static void
ipcLockModule_Shutdown()
{
printf("$$$ ipcLockModule_Shutdown\n");
if (gLockTable) {
// XXX walk table destroying all ipcLockContext objects
PL_HashTableDestroy(gLockTable);
gLockTable = NULL;
}
}
static void
ipcLockModule_HandleMsg(ipcClientHandle client,
const nsID &target,
const void *data,
PRUint32 dataLen)
{
PRUint32 cid = IPC_GetClientID(client);
printf("$$$ ipcLockModule_HandleMsg [cid=%u]\n", cid);
ipcLockMsg msg;
IPC_UnflattenLockMsg((const PRUint8 *) data, dataLen, &msg);
switch (msg.opcode) {
case IPC_LOCK_OP_ACQUIRE:
ipcLockModule_AcquireLock(cid, msg.flags, msg.key);
break;
case IPC_LOCK_OP_RELEASE:
ipcLockModule_ReleaseLock(cid, msg.key);
break;
default:
PR_NOT_REACHED("invalid opcode");
}
}
static void
ipcLockModule_ClientUp(ipcClientHandle client)
{
printf("$$$ ipcLockModule_ClientUp [%u]\n", IPC_GetClientID(client));
}
static void
ipcLockModule_ClientDown(ipcClientHandle client)
{
PRUint32 cid = IPC_GetClientID(client);
printf("$$$ ipcLockModule_ClientDown [%u]\n", cid);
//
// enumerate lock table, release any locks held by this client.
//
PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(gLockTable, ipcLockModule_ReleaseByCID, &cid);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static ipcModuleMethods gLockMethods =
{
IPC_MODULE_METHODS_VERSION,
ipcLockModule_Init,
ipcLockModule_Shutdown,
ipcLockModule_HandleMsg,
ipcLockModule_ClientUp,
ipcLockModule_ClientDown
};
static ipcModuleEntry gLockModuleEntry[] =
{
{ IPC_LOCK_TARGETID, &gLockMethods }
};
IPC_IMPL_GETMODULES(ipcLockModule, gLockModuleEntry)

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1 @@
Makefile

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corp.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
DIRS = common module public src
ifdef ENABLE_TESTS
DIRS += test
endif
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
Makefile
module.rc
module.res
tmModule.obj
transmngr_client.dll
transmngr_client.pdb
transmngr_client.exp
transmngr_client.lib
transmngr_client.ilk

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corp.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = transmngr
LIBRARY_NAME = transmngr_client
EXPORT_LIBRARY = 1
IS_COMPONENT = 1
MODULE_NAME = transmngr
REQUIRES = ipcd \
string \
xpcom \
$(NULL)
CPPSRCS = tmModule.cpp
EXPORTS = tmCID.h
SHARED_LIBRARY_LIBS = \
$(DIST)/lib/$(LIB_PREFIX)transmngr_s.$(LIB_SUFFIX) \
$(DIST)/lib/$(LIB_PREFIX)transmngrcom_s.$(LIB_SUFFIX) \
$(NULL)
LOCAL_INCLUDES = \
-I$(srcdir)/../src \
-I$(srcdir)/../common \
$(NULL)
EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS = \
$(LIBS_DIR) \
$(EXTRA_DSO_LIBS) \
$(MOZ_COMPONENT_LIBS) \
$(NULL)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef tmCID_h__
#define tmCID_h__
#define TRANSACTION_SERVICE_CLASSNAME \
"tmTransactionService"
#define TRANSACTION_SERVICE_CONTRACTID \
"@mozilla.org/transaction/service;1"
#define TRANSACTION_SERVICE_CID \
{ /* 1403adf4-94d1-4c67-a8ae-d9f86972d378 */ \
0x1403adf4, \
0x94d1, \
0x4c67, \
{0xa8, 0xae, 0xd9, 0xf8, 0x69, 0x72, 0xd3, 0x78} \
}
#endif // !tmCID_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "nsICategoryManager.h"
#include "nsIGenericFactory.h"
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
#include "tmCID.h"
#include "tmTransactionService.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Define the contructor function for the objects
//
// NOTE: This creates an instance of objects by using the default constructor
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NS_GENERIC_FACTORY_CONSTRUCTOR(tmTransactionService)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Define a table of CIDs implemented by this module along with other
// information like the function to create an instance, contractid, and
// class name.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const nsModuleComponentInfo components[] = {
{ TRANSACTION_SERVICE_CLASSNAME,
TRANSACTION_SERVICE_CID,
TRANSACTION_SERVICE_CONTRACTID,
tmTransactionServiceConstructor },
/*
tmTransactionServiceRegisterProc,
tmTransactionServiceUnregisterProc },
*/
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Implement the NSGetModule() exported function for your module
// and the entire implementation of the module object.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NS_IMPL_NSGETMODULE(transmngr, components)

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
Makefile
tmTransaction.obj
tmVector.obj
transmngrcom_s.pdb
transmngrcom_s.lib

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corp.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = ipcd
LIBRARY_NAME = transmngrcom_s
FORCE_STATIC_LIB = 1
MODULE_NAME = ipcd
FORCE_USE_PIC = 1
REQUIRES = \
xpcom \
$(NULL)
CPPSRCS = \
tmTransaction.cpp \
tmVector.cpp \
$(NULL)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "tmTransaction.h"
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Constructor(s) & Destructor
tmTransaction::~tmTransaction() {
if (mHeader)
free(mHeader);
}
// call only once per lifetime of object. does not reclaim the
// raw message, only sets it.
nsresult
tmTransaction::Init(PRUint32 aOwnerID,
PRInt32 aQueueID,
PRUint32 aAction,
PRInt32 aStatus,
const PRUint8 *aMessage,
PRUint32 aLength) {
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
tmHeader *header = nsnull;
// indicates the message is the entire raw message
if (aQueueID == TM_INVALID_ID) {
header = (tmHeader*) malloc(aLength);
if (header) {
mRawMessageLength = aLength;
memcpy(header, aMessage, aLength);
}
else
rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
}
else { // need to create the tmHeader and concat the message
header = (tmHeader*) malloc (sizeof(tmHeader) + aLength);
if (header) {
mRawMessageLength = sizeof(tmHeader) + aLength;
header->action = aAction;
header->queueID = aQueueID;
header->status = aStatus;
header->reserved = 0x00000000;
if (aLength > 0) // add the message if it exists
memcpy((header + 1), aMessage, aLength);
}
else
rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
}
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
mOwnerID = aOwnerID;
mHeader = header;
}
return rv;
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef _tmTransaction_H_
#define _tmTransaction_H_
#include "tmUtils.h"
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Message format
//
// |------------------------------------|--
// |QueueID | |
// |------------------------------------| |
// | Action - Post/Flush/Attach etc | |- this is the tmHeader struct
// |------------------------------------| |
// |Status | |
// |------------------------------------| |
// |Padding | |
// |------------------------------------|--
// |Message Data (payload) |
// |------------------------------------|
//
// The Attach call is a special case in that it doesn't have a QueueID yet. A
// QueueID will be 0's. The message Data will be the Queue Name String which
// will be the profile name with a domain attached, a domain being
// [prefs|cookies|etc]
//
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/**
* tmHeader contains various flags identifying
*/
struct tmHeader {
PRInt32 queueID; // will be the index of the queue in the TM, can be < 0
PRUint32 action; // defined by tmUtils.h will be > 0
PRInt32 status; // return values from methods, could be < 0
PRUint32 reserved; // not currently used, maintaining word alignment
};
/**
* Using tmTransaction:
*
* After creating a tmTransaction either through new or as a member
* or local variable a process must call Init() with the proper set of
* arguements to initialize the state of the transaction. tmTransaction is
* set up to accept 3 types of initialization.
*
* 1) Raw message - All data is carried in the byte pointer aMessage,
* args 2,3,4 should be set to TM_NO_ID and aLength
* must be set to the full length of aMessage, including null
* termination if the payload is a null-term string and the size of the
* tmHeader struct preceeding the message. Currently this
* format is used at the IPC boundary, where we receive a byte pointer
* from the IPC Daemon.
*
* 2) Flags only - aQueueID, aAction and aStatus are all set. aMessage
* should be set to nsnull and aLength to 0. This format is used when
* sending reply messages (except for ATTACH_REPLY) and when the TS
* Transaction Service is sending "control" messages to the Manager -
* flush, detach, etc...
*
* 3) Flags and message - All arguements are set. The aMessage is only
* the message for the client app. aLength should be set to the length
* of aMessage and not include the length of the tmHeader struct.
*
* The only data member you can set post initialization is the QueueID.
* You should only call Init() once in the lifetime of a tmTransaction
* as it doesn't clean up the exisiting data before assigning the new
* data. Therefore it would leak most heinously if Init() were to be
* called twice.
*
* mOwnerID only has relevance on the IPC daemon side of things. The
* Transaction Service has no knowledge of this ID and makes no use
* of it.
*/
class tmTransaction
{
public:
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Constructor(s) & Destructor
tmTransaction(): mHeader(nsnull), mRawMessageLength(0), mOwnerID(0) { }
virtual ~tmTransaction();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Public Member Functions
// Initializer ////////////
/**
* Sets up the internal data of the transaction. Allows for 3 basic ways
* to call this function: No flags and just one big raw message, Just
* flags and no message, and finally flags and message. If the message
* exists it is copied into the transaction.
*
* @param aOwnerID is given to us by the IPC Daemon and is specific
* to that transport layer. It is only set when transactions
* are sent from the TM to the TS.
*
* @param aQueueID is the either the destination queue, or the queue from
* where this transaction is eminating
*
* @param aAction is the action that occured to generate this transaction
*
* @param aStatus is the success state of the action.
*
* @param aMessage can be a raw message including the 3 flags above or it
* can be just the "payload" of the transaction that the destination
* process is going deal with.
*
* @param aLength is the length of the message. If there is a null
* terminated string in the message make sure the length includes
* the null termination.
*
* @returns NS_OK if everything was successful
* @returns NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY if allocation of space for the
* copy of the message fails.
*/
nsresult Init(PRUint32 aOwnerID,
PRInt32 aQueueID,
PRUint32 aAction,
PRInt32 aStatus,
const PRUint8 *aMessage,
PRUint32 aLength);
// Data Accessors /////////
/**
* @returns a const byte pointer to the message
*/
const PRUint8* GetMessage() const { return (PRUint8*)(mHeader + 1); }
/**
* @returns the length of the message
*/
PRUint32 GetMessageLength() const {
return (mRawMessageLength > sizeof(tmHeader)) ?
(mRawMessageLength - sizeof(tmHeader)) : 0;
}
/**
* @returns a const pointer to the memory containing the
* flag information followed immediately by the message
* data.
*/
const PRUint8* GetRawMessage() const { return (PRUint8*) mHeader; }
/**
* @returns the length of the flags and message combined
*/
PRUint32 GetRawMessageLength() const { return mRawMessageLength; }
/**
* @returns the id of the destination or sending queue, depending on the
* direction of the transaction.
*/
PRInt32 GetQueueID() const { return mHeader->queueID; }
/**
* @returns the action represented by this transaction
*/
PRUint32 GetAction() const { return mHeader->action; }
/**
* @returns the success state, if applicable of the action leading
* up to this message
*/
PRInt32 GetStatus() const { return mHeader->status; }
/**
* @returns the client ID (in IPC daemon terms) of the client who initiated
* the exchange that generated this transaction.
*/
PRUint32 GetOwnerID() const { return mOwnerID; }
// Data Mutator ///////////
/**
* Sets the ID of the destination or source queue. Init should have been
* called before the call to this function.
*/
void SetQueueID(PRInt32 aID) { mHeader->queueID = aID; }
protected:
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Protected Member Variables
tmHeader* mHeader; // points to beginning of entire message
PRUint32 mRawMessageLength; // length of entire message, incl tmHeader
PRUint32 mOwnerID; // client who sent this trans. - a IPC ClientID
};
#endif

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef _tmUtils_H_
#define _tmUtils_H_
#include "nscore.h"
#include "nsError.h"
#include "nsID.h"
#include "prlog.h"
#include <stdio.h>
// UUID used to identify the Transaction Module in both daemon and client
// not part of the XPCOM hooks, but rather a means of identifying
// modules withing the IPC daemon.
#define TRANSACTION_MODULE_ID \
{ /* c3dfbcd5-f51d-420b-abf4-3bae445b96a9 */ \
0xc3dfbcd5, \
0xf51d, \
0x420b, \
{0xab, 0xf4, 0x3b, 0xae, 0x44, 0x5b, 0x96, 0xa9} \
}
//static const nsID kTransModuleID = TRANSACTION_MODULE_ID;
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// match NS_ERROR_FOO error code formats
//
// only create new errors for those errors that are specific to TM
#define NS_ERROR_MODULE_TM 27 /* XXX goes in nserror.h -- integrating with ns error codes */
#define TM_ERROR NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_TM, 1)
#define TM_ERROR_WRONG_QUEUE NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_TM, 2)
#define TM_ERROR_NOT_POSTED NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_TM, 3)
#define TM_ERROR_QUEUE_EXISTS NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_TM, 4)
#define TM_SUCCESS_DELETE_QUEUE NS_ERROR_GENERATE_FAILURE(NS_ERROR_MODULE_TM, 6)
// XXX clean up:
#define TM_INVALID_ID 0xFFFFFFFF
#define TM_INVALID 0xFFFFFFFF
#define TM_NO_ID 0xFFFFFFFE
// Transaction Actions
enum {
TM_ATTACH = 0,
TM_ATTACH_REPLY,
TM_POST,
TM_POST_REPLY,
TM_NOTIFY,
TM_FLUSH,
TM_FLUSH_REPLY,
TM_DETACH,
TM_DETACH_REPLY
};
#endif

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "tmVector.h"
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Constructor(s) & Destructor
// can not be responsible for reclaiming memory pointed to by the void*s in
// the collection - how would we reclaim, don't know how they were allocated
tmVector::~tmVector() {
if (mElements)
free((void*)mElements);
}
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Public Member Functions
nsresult
tmVector::Init() {
mElements = (void**) calloc (mCapacity, sizeof(void*));
if (!mElements)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
return NS_OK;
}
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// mutators
PRInt32
tmVector::Append(void *aElement){
PR_ASSERT(aElement);
// make sure there is room
if (mNext == mCapacity)
if (NS_FAILED(Grow()))
return -1;
// put the element in the array
mElements[mNext] = aElement;
mCount++;
// encapsulates the index into a success value
return mNext++; // post increment.
}
void
tmVector::Remove(void *aElement) {
PR_ASSERT(aElement);
for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < mNext; index++) {
if (mElements[index] == aElement) {
mElements[index] = nsnull;
mCount--;
if (index == mNext-1) { // if we removed the last element
mNext--;
// don't test for success of the shrink
Shrink();
}
}
}
}
void
tmVector::RemoveAt(PRUint32 aIndex) {
PR_ASSERT(aIndex < mNext);
// remove the element if it isn't already nsnull
if (mElements[aIndex] != nsnull) {
mElements[aIndex] = nsnull;
mCount--;
if (aIndex == mNext-1) { // if we removed the last element
mNext--;
// don't test for success of the shrink
Shrink();
}
}
}
//void*
//tmVector::operator[](int index) {
// if (index < mNext && index >= 0)
// return mElements[index];
// return nsnull;
//}
// Does not delete any of the data, merely removes references to them
void
tmVector::Clear(){
memset(mElements, 0, mCapacity);
mCount = 0;
mNext = 0;
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Protected Member Functions
// increases the capacity by the growth increment
nsresult
tmVector::Grow() {
PRUint32 newcap = mCapacity + GROWTH_INC;
mElements = (void**) realloc(mElements, (newcap * sizeof(void*)));
if (mElements) {
mCapacity = newcap;
return NS_OK;
}
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
// reduces the capacity by the growth increment. leaves room
// for one more add before needing to Grow().
nsresult
tmVector::Shrink() {
PRUint32 newcap = mCapacity - GROWTH_INC;
if (mNext < newcap) {
mElements = (void**) realloc(mElements, newcap * sizeof(void*));
if (!mElements)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
mCapacity = newcap;
}
return NS_OK;
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef _tmVector_H_
#define _tmVector_H_
#include "tmUtils.h"
#define GROWTH_INC 5
/**
* A simple, clear, self-growing, collection of objects. typed independant
* basically a growing array. Useful in situations where you need an
* indexed collection but do not know the size in advance and need the
* ability for increase and decrease in size. Not optimized for anything
* in particular, or any size in particular.
*
* Is able to guarantee the index of an item will
* not change due to removals of a lower indexed item. The growing,
* and shrinking all happens to the end of the collection
*
* Does not backfill, adds to the end. At some point this should be
* changed to make best use of space.
*/
class tmVector
{
public:
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Constructor(s) & Destructor
/**
* Set some sane default values to set up the internal storage. Init()
* must be called after construction of the object to allcate the
* backing store.
*/
tmVector() : mNext(0), mCount(0), mCapacity(10), mElements(nsnull) {;}
/**
* Reclaim the memory allocated in the Init() method.
*/
virtual ~tmVector();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Public Member Functions
/**
* Allocates the storage back-end
*
* @returns NS_OK if allocation succeeded
* @returns NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY if the allocation failed
*/
nsresult Init();
// mutators
/**
* @returns the index of the element added, if successful
* @returns -1 if an error occured during allocation of space
*/
PRInt32 Append(void *aElement);
/**
* This does not collapse the collection, it leaves holes. Note, it also
* doesn't delete the element, it merely removes it from the collection
*/
void Remove(void *aElement);
/**
* This does not collapse the collection, it leaves holes. Note, it also
* doesn't delete the element, it merely removes it from the collection
*/
void RemoveAt(PRUint32 aIndex);
/**
* Does not call delete on the elements since we have no idea how to
* reclaim the memory. Sets all array slots to 0.
*/
void Clear();
/**
* @returns the element at the index indicated, including nsnull if the
* slot is empty.
*/
void* operator[](PRUint32 index) {
PR_ASSERT(index < mNext);
return mElements[index];
}
/**
* @returns the number of elements stored
*/
PRUint32 Count() { return mCount; }
/**
* Meant to be used as the conditional in a loop. |index < size| should
* reach all elements of the collection and not run out of bounds. If
* slots 0,1,4,5,6 contain elements Size() will return 7, Count() will
* return 5.
*
* @returns the number of slots in the array taken, irrespective of
* holes in the collection.
*/
PRUint32 Size() { return mNext; }
protected:
nsresult Grow(); // mCapacity += GROWTH_INC - realloc()s
nsresult Shrink(); // mCapacity -= GROWTH_INC - dumb, free, malloc
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Protected Member Variables
// bookkeeping variables
PRUint32 mNext; // next element insertion slot (0 based)
PRUint32 mCount; // how many elements in the Vector (1 based)
PRUint32 mCapacity; // current capacity of the Vector (1 based)
// the actual array of objects being stored
void **mElements;
private:
};
#endif

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
Makefile
module.rc
module.res
tmIPCModule.obj
tmQueue.obj
tmTransactionManager.obj
transmngr.dll
transmngr.exp
transmngr.ilk
transmngr.lib
transmngr.pdb

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corp.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = ipcd
LIBRARY_NAME = transmngr
MODULE_NAME = ipcd
FORCE_SHARED_LIB = 1
NO_DIST_INSTALL = 1
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),Darwin)
NO_COMPONENT_LINK_MAP = 1
MOZ_COMPONENTS_VERSION_SCRIPT_LDFLAGS =
endif
REQUIRES = nspr \
xpcom \
$(NULL)
CPPSRCS = \
tmIPCModule.cpp \
tmQueue.cpp \
tmTransactionManager.cpp \
$(NULL)
EXPORTS = \
tmIPCModule.h \
$(NULL)
LOCAL_INCLUDES = \
-I$(srcdir)/../common \
$(NULL)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/config.mk
LIBS = \
$(EXTRA_DSO_LIBS) \
$(NSPR_LIBS) \
$(NULL)
EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS = \
$(LIBS_DIR) \
$(NSPR_LIBS) \
$(DIST)/lib/$(LIB_PREFIX)transmngrcom_s.$(LIB_SUFFIX) \
$(EXTRA_DSO_LIBS) \
$(NULL)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
_IPC_FILES = \
$(DLL_PREFIX)$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(DLL_SUFFIX) \
$(NULL)
libs:: $(_IPC_FILES)
$(INSTALL) $^ $(DIST)/bin/ipc/modules
install:: $(_IPC_FILES)
$(SYSINSTALL) $(IFLAGS1) $^ $(DESTDIR)$(mozappdir)/ipc/modules

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "tmIPCModule.h"
#include "tmTransaction.h"
#include "tmTransactionManager.h"
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// IPC Daemon hookup stuff
// functionpointer array giving access to this module from the IPC daemon
static ipcModuleMethods gTransMethods =
{
IPC_MODULE_METHODS_VERSION,
tmIPCModule::Init,
tmIPCModule::Shutdown,
tmIPCModule::HandleMsg
};
static ipcModuleEntry gTransModuleEntry[] =
{
{ TRANSACTION_MODULE_ID, &gTransMethods }
};
IPC_IMPL_GETMODULES(TransactionModule, gTransModuleEntry)
static const nsID kTransModuleID = TRANSACTION_MODULE_ID;
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Define global variable
tmTransactionManager *tmIPCModule::tm;
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// IPC Module API
void
tmIPCModule::Init() {
if (!tm)
InitInternal();
}
void
tmIPCModule::Shutdown() {
if (tm) {
delete tm;
tm = nsnull;
}
}
// straight pass-through, don't check args, let the TM do it.
void
tmIPCModule::HandleMsg(ipcClientHandle client, const nsID &target,
const void *data, PRUint32 dataLen) {
// make sure the trans mngr is there
if (!tm && (InitInternal() < 0))
return;
// create the transaction
tmTransaction *trans = new tmTransaction();
// initialize it
if (trans) {
if(NS_SUCCEEDED(trans->Init(IPC_GetClientID(client), // who owns it
TM_INVALID_ID, // in data
TM_INVALID, // in data
TM_INVALID, // in data
(PRUint8 *)data, // raw message
dataLen))) { // length of message
// pass it on to the trans mngr
tm->HandleTransaction(trans);
}
else
delete trans;
}
}
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// tmIPCModule API
// straight pass-through, don't check args, let the TS & TM do it.
void
tmIPCModule::SendMsg(PRUint32 aDestClientIPCID, tmTransaction *aTransaction) {
IPC_SendMsg(aDestClientIPCID,
kTransModuleID,
(void *)aTransaction->GetRawMessage(),
aTransaction->GetRawMessageLength());
}
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Protected Methods
PRInt32
tmIPCModule::InitInternal() {
tm = new tmTransactionManager();
if (tm)
return tm->Init();
return -1;
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef _tmIPCModule_H_
#define _tmIPCModule_H_
#include "ipcModuleUtil.h"
#include "tmUtils.h"
// forward declarations
class tmTransaction;
class tmTransactionManager;
/**
* Basically an interface between the tmTransactionManager and the IPC
* daemon. Does little else than format the data from one party into
* a format understandable to the other.
*
* The reason for this class is to try and abstract the transportation
* layer the transaction service uses. By using this class the Transaction
* Manager itself only needs to know that clients are identified by
* PRUint32 IDs.
*/
class tmIPCModule
{
public:
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// ipcModule API - called from IPC daemon
/**
* Clean up the TM
*/
static void Shutdown();
/**
* Check the TM, create it if neccessary.
*/
static void Init();
/**
* Receives a message from the IPC daemon, creates a transaction and sends
* it to the TM to deal with.
*/
static void HandleMsg(ipcClientHandle client,
const nsID &target,
const void *data,
PRUint32 dataLen);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// tmIPCModule API - called from tmTransactionManager
/**
* Sends the message to the IPC daemon to be deliverd to the client arg.
*/
static void SendMsg(PRUint32 aDestClientIPCID, tmTransaction *aTransaction);
protected:
/**
* tm should be null coming into this method. This does NOT delete tm
* first.
*
* @returns NS_OK if everything succeeds
* @returns -1 if initialization fails
*/
static PRInt32 InitInternal();
static tmTransactionManager *tm;
};
#endif

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "plstr.h"
#include "tmQueue.h"
#include "tmTransaction.h"
#include "tmTransactionManager.h"
#include "tmUtils.h"
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Constructors & Destructor
tmQueue::~tmQueue() {
// empty the vectors
PRUint32 index = 0;
PRUint32 size = mTransactions.Size();
for ( ; index < size ; index++) {
if (mTransactions[index])
delete (tmTransaction *)mTransactions[index];
}
// don't need to delete the mListeners because
// we just insert PRUint32s, no allocation
mTM = nsnull;
mID = 0;
if (mName)
PL_strfree(mName);
}
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Public Methods
PRInt32
tmQueue::Init(const char* aName, PRUint32 aID, tmTransactionManager *aTM) {
PR_ASSERT(mTM == nsnull);
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mTransactions.Init()) &&
NS_SUCCEEDED(mListeners.Init()) &&
((mName = PL_strdup(aName)) != nsnull) ) {
mTM = aTM;
mID = aID;
return NS_OK;
}
return -1;
}
PRInt32
tmQueue::AttachClient(PRUint32 aClientID) {
PRInt32 status = NS_OK; // success of adding client
if (!IsAttached(aClientID)) {
// add the client to the listener list -- null safe call
status = mListeners.Append((void*) aClientID);
}
else
status = -2;
// create & init a reply transaction
tmTransaction trans;
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(trans.Init(aClientID, // owner's ipc ID
mID, // client gets our ID
TM_ATTACH_REPLY, // action
status, // success of the add
(PRUint8*)mName, // client matches name to ID
PL_strlen(mName)+1))) {
// send the reply
mTM->SendTransaction(aClientID, &trans);
}
// if we successfully added the client - send all current transactions
if (status >= 0) { // append returns the index of the added element
PRUint32 size = mTransactions.Size();
for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
if (mTransactions[index])
mTM->SendTransaction(aClientID, (tmTransaction*) mTransactions[index]);
}
}
return status;
}
PRInt32
tmQueue::DetachClient(PRUint32 aClientID) {
PRUint32 size = mListeners.Size();
PRUint32 id = 0;
PRInt32 status = -1;
for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
id = (PRUint32)NS_PTR_TO_INT32(mListeners[index]);
if(id == aClientID) {
mListeners.RemoveAt(index);
status = NS_OK;
break;
}
}
tmTransaction trans;
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(trans.Init(aClientID,
mID,
TM_DETACH_REPLY,
status,
nsnull,
0))) {
// send the reply
mTM->SendTransaction(aClientID, &trans);
}
// if we've removed all the listeners, remove the queue.
if (mListeners.Size() == 0)
return TM_SUCCESS_DELETE_QUEUE;
return status;
}
void
tmQueue::FlushQueue(PRUint32 aClientID) {
if(!IsAttached(aClientID))
return;
PRUint32 size = mTransactions.Size();
for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++)
if (mTransactions[index])
delete (tmTransaction*)mTransactions[index];
mTransactions.Clear();
tmTransaction trans;
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(trans.Init(aClientID,
mID,
TM_FLUSH_REPLY,
NS_OK,
nsnull,
0))) {
mTM->SendTransaction(aClientID, &trans);
}
}
PRInt32
tmQueue::PostTransaction(tmTransaction *aTrans) {
PRInt32 status = -1;
PRUint32 ownerID = aTrans->GetOwnerID();
// if we are attached, have the right queue and have successfully
// appended the transaction to the queue, send the transaction
// to all the listeners.
if (IsAttached(ownerID) && aTrans->GetQueueID() == mID)
status = mTransactions.Append(aTrans);
if (status >= 0) {
// send the transaction to all members of mListeners except the owner
PRUint32 size = mListeners.Size();
PRUint32 id = 0;
for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
id = (PRUint32)NS_PTR_TO_INT32(mListeners[index]);
if (ownerID != id)
mTM->SendTransaction(id, aTrans);
}
}
tmTransaction trans;
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(trans.Init(ownerID,
mID,
TM_POST_REPLY,
status,
nsnull,
0))) {
// send the reply
mTM->SendTransaction(ownerID, &trans);
}
return status;
}
PRBool
tmQueue::IsAttached(PRUint32 aClientID) {
// XXX could be an issue if the aClientID is 0 and there
// is a "hole" in the mListeners vector. - may NEED to store PRUint32*s
PRUint32 size = mListeners.Size();
for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
if (aClientID == (PRUint32)NS_PTR_TO_INT32(mListeners[index]))
return PR_TRUE;
}
return PR_FALSE;
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef _tmQueue_H_
#define _tmQueue_H_
#include "tmUtils.h"
#include "tmVector.h"
class tmClient;
class tmTransaction;
class tmTransactionManager;
/**
* This class isn't so much a queue as it is storage for transactions. It
* is set up to recieve and store transactions in a growing collection
* (using tmVectors). Different messages can be recieved from the
* Transaction Manager(TM) the queue belongs to which can add and remove
* listeners, empty the queue (flush), and add messages to the queue.
*
* See the documentation in tmTransactionService.h for details on the
* messages you can send to and recieve from the queues in the TM
*/
class tmQueue
{
public:
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Constructor & Destructor
/**
* Set the internal state to default values. Init() must be called
* after construction to allocate the storage and set the name and ID.
*/
tmQueue(): mID(0), mName(nsnull), mTM(nsnull) { }
/**
* Reclaim the memory allocated in Init(). Destroys the transactions in
* the transaction storage and the ids in the listener storage
*/
virtual ~tmQueue();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Public Member Functions
/**
* Initialize internal storage vectors and set the name of the queue
* and the pointer to the TM container.
*
* @returns NS_OK if everything succeeds
* @returns -1 if initialization fails
*/
PRInt32 Init(const char* aName, PRUint32 aID, tmTransactionManager *aTM);
// Queue Operations
/**
* Adds the clientID to the list of queue listeners. A reply is created
* and sent to the client. The reply contains both the name of the
* queue and the id, so the client can match the id to the name and
* then use the id in all further communications to the queue. All
* current transactions in the queue are then sent to the client.
*
* If the client was already attached the reply is sent, but not the
* outstanding transactions, the assumption being made that all
* transactions have already been sent to the client.
*
* The reply is sent for all cases, with the return value in the status
* field.
*
* @returns >= 0 if the client was attached successfully
* @returns -1 if the client was not attached
* @returns -2 if the client was already attached
*/
PRInt32 AttachClient(PRUint32 aClientID);
/**
* Removes the client from the list of queue listeners. A reply is created
* and sent to the client to indicate the success of the removal.
*
* The reply is sent for all cases, with the status field set to either
* -1 or NS_OK.
*
* @returns NS_OK on success
* @returns -1 if client is not attached to this queue
* @returns TM_SUCCESS_DELETE_QUEUE if there are no more listeners,
* instructing the Transaction Mangaer to delete the queue.
*/
PRInt32 DetachClient(PRUint32 aClientID);
/**
* Removes all the transactions being held in the queue.
* A reply is created and sent to the client to indicate the
* completion of the operation.
*/
void FlushQueue(PRUint32 aClientID);
/**
* Places the transaction passed in on the queue. Takes ownership of the
* transaction, deletes it in the destructor. A reply is created and
* sent to the client to indicate the success of the posting of the
* transaction.
*
* The reply is sent for all cases, with the status field containing the
* return value.
*
* @returns >= 0 if the message was posted properly.
* @returns -1 if the client posting is not attached to this queue,
* if the transaction has been posted to the wrong queue or
* if an error occured when trying to add the post to the
* internal storage.
*/
PRInt32 PostTransaction(tmTransaction *aTrans);
// Accessors
/**
* @returns the ID of the queue
*/
PRUint32 GetID() const { return mID; }
/**
* @returns the name of the queue
*/
const char* GetName() const { return mName; }
protected:
/**
* Helper method to determine if the client has already attached.
*
* @returns PR_TRUE if the client is attached to the queue.
* @returns PR_FALSE if the client is not attached to the queue.
*/
PRBool IsAttached(PRUint32 aClientID);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Protected Member Variables
// storage
tmVector mTransactions; // transactions that have been posted
tmVector mListeners; // programs listening to this queue
// bookkeeping
PRUint32 mID; // a number linked to the name in the mTM
char *mName; // format: [namespace][domainname(ie prefs)]
tmTransactionManager *mTM; // the container that holds the queue
};
#endif

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "plstr.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "tmQueue.h"
#include "tmTransactionManager.h"
#include "tmTransaction.h"
#include "tmUtils.h"
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Constructors & Destructor & Initializer
tmTransactionManager::~tmTransactionManager() {
PRUint32 size = mQueues.Size();
tmQueue *queue = nsnull;
for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
queue = (tmQueue *)mQueues[index];
if (queue) {
delete queue;
}
}
}
PRInt32
tmTransactionManager::Init() {
return mQueues.Init();
}
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// public transaction module methods
void
tmTransactionManager::HandleTransaction(tmTransaction *aTrans) {
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
PRUint32 action = aTrans->GetAction();
PRUint32 ownerID = aTrans->GetOwnerID();
tmQueue *queue = nsnull;
// get the right queue -- attaches do it differently
if (action == TM_ATTACH) {
const char *name = (char*) aTrans->GetMessage(); // is qName for Attaches
queue = GetQueue(name);
if (!queue) {
PRInt32 index = AddQueue(name);
if (index >= 0)
queue = GetQueue(index); // GetQueue may return nsnull
}
}
else // all other trans should have a valid queue ID already
queue = GetQueue(aTrans->GetQueueID());
if (queue) {
// All possible actions should have a case, default is not valid
// delete trans when done with them, let the queue own the trans
// that are posted to them.
PRInt32 result = 0;
switch (action) {
case TM_ATTACH:
queue->AttachClient(ownerID);
break;
case TM_POST:
result = queue->PostTransaction(aTrans);
if (result >= 0) // post failed, aTrans cached in a tmQueue
return;
break;
case TM_FLUSH:
queue->FlushQueue(ownerID);
break;
case TM_DETACH:
if (queue->DetachClient(ownerID) == TM_SUCCESS_DELETE_QUEUE) {
// the last client has been removed, remove the queue
RemoveQueue(aTrans->GetQueueID()); // this _could_ be out of bounds
}
break;
default:
PR_NOT_REACHED("bad action in the transaction");
}
}
delete aTrans;
}
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Protected member functions
//
// Queue Handling
//
tmQueue*
tmTransactionManager::GetQueue(const char *aQueueName) {
PRUint32 size = mQueues.Size();
tmQueue *queue = nsnull;
for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
queue = (tmQueue*) mQueues[index];
if (queue && strcmp(queue->GetName(), aQueueName) == 0)
return queue;
}
return nsnull;
}
// if successful the nsresult contains the index of the added queue
PRInt32
tmTransactionManager::AddQueue(const char *aQueueName) {
tmQueue* queue = new tmQueue();
if (!queue)
return -1;
PRInt32 index = mQueues.Append(queue);
if (index < 0)
delete queue;
else
queue->Init(aQueueName, index, this);
return index;
}
void
tmTransactionManager::RemoveQueue(PRUint32 aQueueID) {
PR_ASSERT(aQueueID <= mQueues.Size());
tmQueue *queue = (tmQueue*)mQueues[aQueueID];
if (queue) {
mQueues.RemoveAt(aQueueID);
delete queue;
}
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef _tmTransactionManager_H_
#define _tmTransactionManager_H_
#include "plhash.h"
#include "tmUtils.h"
#include "tmVector.h"
#include "tmIPCModule.h"
// forward declarations
class tmQueue;
class tmClient;
class tmTransaction;
/**
* This class manages the flow of messages from the IPC daemon (coming to
* it through the tmIPCModule) that ultimately come from a Transaction
* Service (TS) in a mozilla based client somewhere. The message is
* delivered to the proper queue, where it is dealt with.
*
* New queues get created here as clients request them.
*/
class tmTransactionManager
{
public:
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Constructor(s) & Destructor & Initializer
/**
* reclaim the memory allcoated during initialization
*/
virtual ~tmTransactionManager();
/**
* Set up the storage of the queues - initialize the vector
*
* @returns NS_OK if successful
* @returns -1 if initialization fails
*/
PRInt32 Init();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Public Member Functions
/**
* Called from the tmIPCModule. Decide where to send the message and
* dispatch it.
*/
void HandleTransaction(tmTransaction *aTrans);
/**
* Called by the queues when they need to get a message back out to a
* client.
*/
void SendTransaction(PRUint32 aDestClientIPCID, tmTransaction *aTrans) {
PR_ASSERT(aTrans);
tmIPCModule::SendMsg(aDestClientIPCID, aTrans);
}
protected:
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Protected Member Functions
// Queue management
/**
* @returns the queue indexed by the ID passed in, which could be nsnull
*/
tmQueue* GetQueue(PRUint32 aQueueID) {
return (tmQueue*) mQueues[aQueueID];
}
/**
* @returns the queue with the name passed in
* @returns nsnull if there is no queue with that name
*/
tmQueue* GetQueue(const char *aQueueName);
/**
* If all is successful a new queue with the name provided will be created,
* and added to the collection of queues. It will be initialized and ready
* to have transactions added.
*
* This doesn't check for the existance of a queue with this name. IF
* there is already a queue with this name then you will
* get that when using GetQueue(qName) and never get the new queue
* created here. A call to GetQueue(qID) will be able to get at the new
* queue, however you had better cache the ID.
*
* @returns -1 if the queue can't be created, or is not added
* @returns >= 0 if the queue was added successfully
*/
PRInt32 AddQueue(const char *aQueueType);
/**
*/
void RemoveQueue(PRUint32 aQueueID);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Protected Member Variables
tmVector mQueues;
private:
};
#endif

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1 @@
Makefile

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corp.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = ipcd
XPIDLSRCS = \
ipcITransactionService.idl \
ipcITransactionObserver.idl \
$(NULL)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "nsISupports.idl"
[scriptable, uuid(656c0a6a-5cb3-45ec-8cb6-e7678897f937)]
interface ipcITransactionObserver : nsISupports
{
/**
* This gets called when a Transaction has been sent from the
* TransactionManager. If the data passed in needs to be stored
* for longer than the life of the method the observer needs
* to make a copy.
*
* @param aQueueID
* The queue from which the transaction originated
*
* @param aData
* The data to be sent.
*
* @param aDataLen
* The length of the data argument
*/
void onTransactionAvailable(in unsigned long aQueueID,
[array, const, size_is(aDataLen)]
in octet aData,
in unsigned long aDataLen);
/**
* Called after an application sends an Attach message to the
* Transaction Manager.
*
* @param aQueueID
* The client has been attached to the queue with this ID
*
* @param aStatus
* The status of the operation, as defined in tmUtils.h
*/
void onAttachReply(in unsigned long aQueueID, in unsigned long aStatus);
/**
* Called after an application sends a Detach message. Indicates
* to the client that no more messages will be coming from the
* the TM to this client. Also, no messages posted from this
* client to the indicated queue will be accepted.
*
* @param aQueueID
* The client has been detached from the queue with this ID
*
* @param aStatus
* The status of the operation, as defined in tmUtils.h
*/
void onDetachReply(in unsigned long aQueueID, in unsigned long aStatus);
/**
* The reply from the TM indicating all messages have been removed
* from the queue indicated.
*
* @param aQueueID
* The queue that has been flushed.
*
* @param aStatus
* The status of the operation, as defined in tmUtils.h
*/
void onFlushReply(in unsigned long aQueueID, in unsigned long aStatus);
};

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
// from tmTransactionManager.h
//
// XXX documentation needs work
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Overview of TransactionManager IPC Module
//
// Classes:
// tmIPCModule - From the tmTransactionManager's point of view, this
// is a proxy for the IPC daemon itself. The reverse is true
// from the daemon's point of view. This is an interface for the
// Transaction system to work with the IPC daemon as its transport
// layer.
// tmTransactionManager (TM) - Manages the different queues. Maintains
// the queues neccessary for different clients. Receives messages
// from the tmIPCModule and passes message to the IPC daemon through
// the tmIPCModule.
// tmQueue - this class manages the transactions for the different areas
// of the profiles being shared. Broken down by functional area there
// will be a queue for prefs, cookies etc, but not for profileA and
// profileB, and not for pref_delete, pref_create, pref_change etc...
// tmTransaction - the actual transaction being shared with the different
// tmClients. It contains the type of transaction, which will equate with
// a type of queue in existance, the owner of the transaction (an IPC daemon ID)
// and the actual text message to be shared.
//
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// XXX some docs that need to be put somewhere:
//
// from tmqueue.cpp
// Docs - note that the status of the TM_ATTACH_REPLY is only for checking
// for TM_ERROR_FAILURE. Other numbers have no importance
// success of the status means the NS_ERROR_GET_CODE(status) will
// yield the index of the listener.
//
// move to documentation page - from tmqueue.h
//
// a queue is specific to profile
//
// UUID going out from the module is a handler in the client
// (will go to the XPCOM service impling that UUID)
// -- does it make sense to have different UUIDs for cookies/prefs/etc
//
#include "nsISupports.idl"
interface ipcITransactionObserver;
[scriptable, uuid(15561efb-8c58-4a47-813a-fa91cf730895)]
interface ipcITransactionService : nsISupports
{
/**
* Connects the application to the transaction manager, defines the
* namespace and initializes internal storage
*
* @param aNamespace
* A string defining the scope of the transaction domains. It is
* used internally to seperate process listening to the same domain
* (ie. preferences) but for two different namespaces (ie. profile1 vs
* profile2).
*
* @returns NS_OK if all memory allocated properly and the IPC service was
* reached and attached to successfully.
*
* @returns an NS_ERROR_<foo> code specific to the failure otherwise
*/
void init(in ACString aNamespace);
/**
* Links the observer passed in with the domain specified. This will allow
* the observer to post transactions dealing with this domain as well as
* receive transactions posted by other applications observing this
* domain.
*
* Return codes for this method confer information about the success of
* this call, not of the actual attaching of the observer to the domain.
* (except the TM_ERROR code - which means the observer can not attach)
* If the attach is successful the observer will have its OnAttachReply
* method called before this method returns.
*
* Note: This call is synchronous and will not return until the call to
* OnAttachReply is made.
*
* @param aDomainName
* the name of the domain, in the current namespace, to listen for
* transactions from. i.e. cookies
*
* @param aObserver
* this will be used to notify the application when transactions
* and messages come in.
*
* @param aLockingCall
* Have the Transaction Sevice acquire a lock based on the domain
* before attaching. This should be used when persistant storage
* is being used to prevent data corruption.
*
* @returns NS_OK if the attach message was sent to the Transaction Manager.
*
* @returns an NS_ERROR_<foo> code specific to the failure otherwise
*
* @returns TM_ERROR_QUEUE_EXISTS if the queue already exists which means
* someone has already attached to it.
*/
void attach(in ACString aDomainName,
in ipcITransactionObserver aObserver,
in PRBool aLockingCall);
/**
* Sends a detach message to the Transaction Manager to unlink the observer
* associated with the domain passed in.
*
* As in attach, return codes do not indicate success of detachment. The
* observer will have it's OnDetach method called if it is successfully
* detached.
*
* Note: This call is an asynchronous call.
*
* @param aDomainName
* the domain, in the current namespace, from which the client
* should be removed.
*
* @returns NS_OK if the detach message is sent to the Transaction Manager
*
* @returns NS_ERROR_FAILURE is something goes wrong
*
* @returns NS_ERRROR_UNEXPECTD if the domain does not have an observer
* attached
*/
void detach(in ACString aDomainName);
/**
* Sends a flush message to the Transaction Manager to remove all
* transactions for the domain. After this call there will be no
* transactions in the Transaction Manager for the namespace/domain
* pairing. It is up to the application to coordinate the flushing
* of the Transaction Manager with the writing of data to files,
* if needed.
*
* Note: This call is synchronous and will not return until the call to
* OnFlushReply is made.
*
* @param aDomainName
* The domain, in the current namespace, to flush.
*
* @param aLockingCall
* Have the Transaction Sevice acquire a lock based on the domain
* before flushing. This should be used when persistant storage
* is being used to prevent data corruption.
*
* @returns NS_OK if the flush message is sent to the Transaction Manager
*
* @returns NS_ERROR_FAILURE is something goes wrong
*
* @returns NS_ERRROR_UNEXPECTD if the domain does not have an observer
* attached
*/
void flush(in ACString aDomainName, in PRBool aLockingCall);
/**
* Send the data to the Transaction Manager to be broadcast to any
* applications that have registered as observers of this particular
* namespace/domain pairing.
*
* If this domain is not being observed (attach has not been called for
* this domain) the message is queued until the attach is made and then
* the message is sent to the Transaction Manager with the proper domain
* information.
*
* XXXjg - this may not be neccessary with the synch attach call.
*
* Note: This call is an asynchronous call.
*
* @param aDomainName
* the domain, in the current namespace, to which the data will be
* sent.
*
* @param aData
* The actual data to be sent.
*
* @param aDataLen
* The length of the data argument
*/
void postTransaction(in ACString aDomainName,
[array, const, size_is(aDataLen)]
in octet aData,
in unsigned long aDataLen);
};
%{C++
// singleton implementing ipcITransactionService
#define IPC_TRANSACTIONSERVICE_CLASSNAME \
"tmTransactionService"
#define IPC_TRANSACTIONSERVICE_CONTRACTID \
"@mozilla.org/ipc/transaction-service;1"
#define IPC_TRANSACTIONSERVICE_CID \
{ /* 1403adf4-94d1-4c67-a8ae-d9f86972d378 */ \
0x1403adf4, \
0x94d1, \
0x4c67, \
{0xa8, 0xae, 0xd9, 0xf8, 0x69, 0x72, 0xd3, 0x78} \
}
%}

Просмотреть файл

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
Makefile
tmTransactionService.obj
transmngr_s.lib
transmngr_s.pdb

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corp.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = ipcd
LIBRARY_NAME = transmngr_s
FORCE_STATIC_LIB = 1
MODULE_NAME = ipcd
REQUIRES = string \
xpcom \
$(NULL)
CPPSRCS = \
tmTransactionService.cpp \
$(NULL)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/config.mk
LOCAL_INCLUDES = \
-I$(srcdir)/../common \
$(NULL)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
#include "nsReadableUtils.h"
#include "plstr.h"
#include "ipcITransactionObserver.h"
#include "tmTransaction.h"
#include "tmTransactionService.h"
#include "tmUtils.h"
static const nsID kTransModuleID = TRANSACTION_MODULE_ID;
struct tm_waiting_msg {
tmTransaction trans; // a transaction waiting to be sent to a queue
char* domainName; // the short queue name
~tm_waiting_msg();
};
tm_waiting_msg::~tm_waiting_msg() {
if (domainName)
PL_strfree(domainName);
}
struct tm_queue_mapping {
PRInt32 queueID; // the ID in the TM
char* domainName; // used by the consumers of this service
char* joinedQueueName; // used by the service -- namespace + domain name
~tm_queue_mapping();
};
tm_queue_mapping::~tm_queue_mapping() {
if (domainName)
PL_strfree(domainName);
if (joinedQueueName)
PL_strfree(joinedQueueName);
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Constructor and Destructor
tmTransactionService::~tmTransactionService() {
// just destroy this, it contains 2 pointers it doesn't own.
if (mObservers)
PL_HashTableDestroy(mObservers);
PRUint32 index = 0;
PRUint32 size = mWaitingMessages.Size();
tm_waiting_msg *msg = nsnull;
for ( ; index < size; index ++) {
msg = (tm_waiting_msg*) mWaitingMessages[index];
delete msg;
}
size = mQueueMaps.Size();
tm_queue_mapping *qmap = nsnull;
for (index = 0; index < size; index++) {
qmap = (tm_queue_mapping*) mQueueMaps[index];
if (qmap)
delete qmap;
}
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// ISupports
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS2(tmTransactionService,
ipcITransactionService,
ipcIMessageObserver)
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// ipcITransactionService
NS_IMETHODIMP
tmTransactionService::Init(const nsACString & aNamespace) {
// register with the IPC service
ipcService = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/ipc/service;1");
if (!ipcService)
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
if(NS_FAILED(ipcService->SetMessageObserver(kTransModuleID, this)))
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
// get the lock service
lockService = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/ipc/lock-service;1");
if (!lockService)
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
// create some internal storage
mObservers = PL_NewHashTable(20,
PL_HashString,
PL_CompareStrings,
PL_CompareValues, 0, 0);
if (!mObservers)
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
// init some internal storage
mQueueMaps.Init();
mWaitingMessages.Init();
// store the namespace
mNamespace.Assign(aNamespace);
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
tmTransactionService::Attach(const nsACString & aDomainName,
ipcITransactionObserver *aObserver,
PRBool aLockingCall) {
// if the queue already exists, then someone else is attached to it. must
// return an error here. Only one module attached to a queue per app.
if (GetQueueID(aDomainName) != TM_NO_ID)
return TM_ERROR_QUEUE_EXISTS;
// create the full queue name: namespace + queue
nsCString jQName;
jQName.Assign(mNamespace);
jQName.Append(aDomainName);
// this char* has two homes, make sure it gets PL_free()ed properly
char* joinedQueueName = ToNewCString(jQName);
if (!joinedQueueName)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
// link the observer to the joinedqueuename. home #1 for joinedQueueName
// these currently don't get removed until the destructor on this is called.
PL_HashTableAdd(mObservers, joinedQueueName, aObserver);
// store the domainName and JoinedQueueName, create a place to store the ID
tm_queue_mapping *qm = new tm_queue_mapping();
if (!qm)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
qm->queueID = TM_NO_ID; // initially no ID for the queue
qm->joinedQueueName = joinedQueueName; // home #2, owner of joinedQueueName
qm->domainName = ToNewCString(aDomainName);
if (!qm->domainName) {
PL_HashTableRemove(mObservers, joinedQueueName);
delete qm;
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
}
mQueueMaps.Append(qm);
nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
tmTransaction trans;
// acquire a lock if neccessary
if (aLockingCall)
lockService->AcquireLock(joinedQueueName, nsnull, PR_TRUE);
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(trans.Init(0, // no IPC client
TM_NO_ID, // qID gets returned to us
TM_ATTACH, // action
NS_OK, // default status
(PRUint8 *)joinedQueueName, // qName gets copied
PL_strlen(joinedQueueName)+1))) { // message length
// send the attach msg
SendMessage(&trans, PR_TRUE); // synchronous
rv = NS_OK;
}
// drop the lock if neccessary
if (aLockingCall)
lockService->ReleaseLock(joinedQueueName);
return rv;
}
// actual removal of the observer takes place when we get the detach reply
NS_IMETHODIMP
tmTransactionService::Detach(const nsACString & aDomainName) {
// asynchronous detach
return SendDetachOrFlush(GetQueueID(aDomainName), TM_DETACH, PR_FALSE);
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
tmTransactionService::Flush(const nsACString & aDomainName,
PRBool aLockingCall) {
// acquire a lock if neccessary
if (aLockingCall)
lockService->AcquireLock(GetJoinedQueueName(aDomainName), nsnull, PR_TRUE);
// synchronous flush
nsresult rv = SendDetachOrFlush(GetQueueID(aDomainName), TM_FLUSH, PR_TRUE);
// drop the lock if neccessary
if (aLockingCall)
lockService->ReleaseLock(GetJoinedQueueName(aDomainName));
return rv;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
tmTransactionService::PostTransaction(const nsACString & aDomainName,
const PRUint8 *aData,
PRUint32 aDataLen) {
tmTransaction trans;
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(trans.Init(0, // no IPC client
GetQueueID(aDomainName), // qID returned to us
TM_POST, // action
NS_OK, // default status
aData, // message data
aDataLen))) { // message length
if (trans.GetQueueID() == TM_NO_ID) {
// stack it and pack it
tm_waiting_msg *msg = new tm_waiting_msg();
if (!msg)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
msg->trans = trans;
msg->domainName = ToNewCString(aDomainName);
if (!msg->domainName) {
delete msg;
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
}
mWaitingMessages.Append(msg);
}
else {
// send it
SendMessage(&trans, PR_FALSE);
}
return NS_OK;
}
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// ipcIMessageObserver
NS_IMETHODIMP
tmTransactionService::OnMessageAvailable(const nsID & aTarget,
const PRUint8 *aData,
PRUint32 aDataLength) {
nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY; // prime the return value
tmTransaction *trans = new tmTransaction();
if (trans) {
rv = trans->Init(0, // no IPC client ID
TM_INVALID_ID, // in aData
TM_INVALID_ID, // in aData
TM_INVALID_ID, // in aData
aData, // message data
aDataLength); // message length
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
switch(trans->GetAction()) {
case TM_ATTACH_REPLY:
OnAttachReply(trans);
break;
case TM_POST_REPLY:
// OnPostReply() would be called here
// isn't neccessary at the current time 2/19/03
break;
case TM_DETACH_REPLY:
OnDetachReply(trans);
break;
case TM_FLUSH_REPLY:
OnFlushReply(trans);
break;
case TM_POST:
OnPost(trans);
break;
default: // error, should not happen
NS_NOTREACHED("Recieved a TM reply outside of mapped messages");
break;
}
}
delete trans;
}
return rv;
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Protected Member Functions
void
tmTransactionService::SendMessage(tmTransaction *aTrans, PRBool aSync) {
NS_ASSERTION(aTrans, "tmTransactionService::SendMessage called with null transaction");
NS_ASSERTION(ipcService, "Failed to get the ipcService");
ipcService->SendMessage(0,
kTransModuleID,
aTrans->GetRawMessage(),
aTrans->GetRawMessageLength(),
aSync);
}
void
tmTransactionService::OnAttachReply(tmTransaction *aTrans) {
// if we attached, store the queue's ID
if (aTrans->GetStatus() >= 0) {
PRUint32 size = mQueueMaps.Size();
tm_queue_mapping *qmap = nsnull;
for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
qmap = (tm_queue_mapping*) mQueueMaps[index];
if (qmap &&
PL_strcmp(qmap->joinedQueueName, (char*) aTrans->GetMessage()) == 0) {
// set the ID in the mapping
qmap->queueID = aTrans->GetQueueID();
// send any stored messges to the queue
DispatchStoredMessages(qmap);
}
}
}
// notify the observer we have attached (or didn't)
ipcITransactionObserver *observer =
(ipcITransactionObserver *)PL_HashTableLookup(mObservers,
(char*)aTrans->GetMessage());
if (observer)
observer->OnAttachReply(aTrans->GetQueueID(), aTrans->GetStatus());
}
void
tmTransactionService::OnDetachReply(tmTransaction *aTrans) {
tm_queue_mapping *qmap = GetQueueMap(aTrans->GetQueueID());
// get the observer before we release the hashtable entry
ipcITransactionObserver *observer =
(ipcITransactionObserver *)PL_HashTableLookup(mObservers,
qmap->joinedQueueName);
// if it was removed, clean up
if (aTrans->GetStatus() >= 0) {
// remove the link between observer and queue
PL_HashTableRemove(mObservers, qmap->joinedQueueName);
// remove the mapping of queue names and id
mQueueMaps.Remove(qmap);
delete qmap;
}
// notify the observer -- could be didn't detach
if (observer)
observer->OnDetachReply(aTrans->GetQueueID(), aTrans->GetStatus());
}
void
tmTransactionService::OnFlushReply(tmTransaction *aTrans) {
ipcITransactionObserver *observer =
(ipcITransactionObserver *)PL_HashTableLookup(mObservers,
GetJoinedQueueName(aTrans->GetQueueID()));
if (observer)
observer->OnFlushReply(aTrans->GetQueueID(), aTrans->GetStatus());
}
void
tmTransactionService::OnPost(tmTransaction *aTrans) {
ipcITransactionObserver *observer =
(ipcITransactionObserver*) PL_HashTableLookup(mObservers,
GetJoinedQueueName(aTrans->GetQueueID()));
if (observer)
observer->OnTransactionAvailable(aTrans->GetQueueID(),
aTrans->GetMessage(),
aTrans->GetMessageLength());
}
void
tmTransactionService::DispatchStoredMessages(tm_queue_mapping *aQMapping) {
PRUint32 size = mWaitingMessages.Size();
tm_waiting_msg *msg = nsnull;
for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index ++) {
msg = (tm_waiting_msg*) mWaitingMessages[index];
// if the message is waiting on the queue passed in
if (msg && strcmp(aQMapping->domainName, msg->domainName) == 0) {
// found a match, send it and remove
msg->trans.SetQueueID(aQMapping->queueID);
SendMessage(&(msg->trans), PR_FALSE);
// clean up
mWaitingMessages.Remove(msg);
delete msg;
}
}
}
// searches against the short queue name
PRInt32
tmTransactionService::GetQueueID(const nsACString & aDomainName) {
PRUint32 size = mQueueMaps.Size();
tm_queue_mapping *qmap = nsnull;
for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
qmap = (tm_queue_mapping*) mQueueMaps[index];
if (qmap && aDomainName.Equals(qmap->domainName))
return qmap->queueID;
}
return TM_NO_ID;
}
char*
tmTransactionService::GetJoinedQueueName(PRUint32 aQueueID) {
PRUint32 size = mQueueMaps.Size();
tm_queue_mapping *qmap = nsnull;
for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
qmap = (tm_queue_mapping*) mQueueMaps[index];
if (qmap && qmap->queueID == aQueueID)
return qmap->joinedQueueName;
}
return nsnull;
}
char*
tmTransactionService::GetJoinedQueueName(const nsACString & aDomainName) {
PRUint32 size = mQueueMaps.Size();
tm_queue_mapping *qmap = nsnull;
for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
qmap = (tm_queue_mapping*) mQueueMaps[index];
if (qmap && aDomainName.Equals(qmap->domainName))
return qmap->joinedQueueName;
}
return nsnull;
}
tm_queue_mapping*
tmTransactionService::GetQueueMap(PRUint32 aQueueID) {
PRUint32 size = mQueueMaps.Size();
tm_queue_mapping *qmap = nsnull;
for (PRUint32 index = 0; index < size; index++) {
qmap = (tm_queue_mapping*) mQueueMaps[index];
if (qmap && qmap->queueID == aQueueID)
return qmap;
}
return nsnull;
}
nsresult
tmTransactionService::SendDetachOrFlush(PRUint32 aQueueID,
PRUint32 aAction,
PRBool aSync) {
// if the queue isn't attached to, just return
if (aQueueID == TM_NO_ID)
return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
tmTransaction trans;
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(trans.Init(0, // no IPC client
aQueueID, // qID to detach from
aAction, // action
NS_OK, // default status
nsnull, // no message
0))) { // no message
// send it
SendMessage(&trans, aSync);
return NS_OK;
}
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef _tmTransactionService_H_
#define _tmTransactionService_H_
#include "ipcIService.h"
#include "ipcILockService.h"
#include "ipcIMessageObserver.h"
#include "ipcITransactionService.h"
#include "nsString.h"
#include "nsVoidArray.h"
#include "plhash.h"
#include "tmTransaction.h"
#include "tmVector.h"
struct tm_queue_mapping;
/**
* The tmTransactionService shares packets of information
* (transactions) with other Gecko based applications interested in the same
* namespace and domain. An application registers with the Transaction Service
* for a particular namespace and domain and then can post transactions to the
* service and receive transactions from the service.
*
* For applications using the Transaction Service to share changes in state that
* get reflected in files on disk there are certain pattersn to follow to ensure
* data loss does not occur.
*
* Startup: XXX docs needed
*
* Shutdown/writing to disk: XXX docs needed
*
*
*/
class tmTransactionService : public ipcITransactionService,
public ipcIMessageObserver
{
public:
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Constructor & Destructor
tmTransactionService() : mObservers(0) {};
/**
* Reclaim all the memory allocated: PL_hashtable, tmVectors
*/
virtual ~tmTransactionService();
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Interface Declarations
// for API docs, see the respective *.idl files
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
NS_DECL_IPCITRANSACTIONSERVICE
NS_DECL_IPCIMESSAGEOBSERVER
protected:
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Protected Member Functions
/**
* Pulls the raw message out of the transaction and sends it to the IPC
* service to be delivered to the TM.
*
* @param aTrans
* The transaction to send to the TM
*
* @param aSync
* If TRUE, calling thread will be blocked until a reply is
* received.
*/
void SendMessage(tmTransaction *aTrans, PRBool aSync);
// handlers for reply messages from TransactionManager
/**
* Pulls the queueID out of the ATTACH_REPLY message and stores it in the
* proper tm_queue_mapping object. Calls DispatchStoredMessages() to make
* sure we send any messages that have been waiting on the ATTACH_REPLY.
* Also calls the OnAttachReply() method for the observer of the queue.
*/
void OnAttachReply(tmTransaction *aTrans);
/**
* Removes the tm_queue_mapping object and calls the OnDetachReply() method
* on the observer of the queue detached.
*/
void OnDetachReply(tmTransaction *aTrans);
/**
* Calls the OnFlushReply method of the observer of the queue.
*/
void OnFlushReply(tmTransaction *aTrans);
/**
* Calls the OnPost method of the observer of the queue.
*/
void OnPost(tmTransaction *aTrans);
// other helper functions
/**
* Cycle through the collection of transactions waiting to go out and
* send any that are waiting on an ATTACH_REPLY from the queue
* specified by the tm_queue_mapping passed in.
*/
void DispatchStoredMessages(tm_queue_mapping *aQMapping);
// helper methods for accessing the void arrays
/**
* @returns the ID corresponding to the domain name passed in
* @returns TM_NO_ID if the name is not found.
*/
PRInt32 GetQueueID(const nsACString & aDomainName);
/**
* @returns the joined queue name - namespace + domain
* (prefs, cookies etc) corresponding to the ID passed in.
* @returns nsnull if the ID is not found.
*/
char* GetJoinedQueueName(PRUint32 aQueueID);
/**
* @returns the joined queue name - namespace + domain
* (prefs, cookies etc) corresponding to the ID passed in.
* @returns nsnull if the ID is not found.
*/
char* GetJoinedQueueName(const nsACString & aDomainName);
/**
* @returns the tm_queue_mapping object that contains the ID passed in.
* @returns nsnull if the ID is not found.
*/
tm_queue_mapping* GetQueueMap(PRUint32 aQueueID);
/**
* Helper method for Detach and Flush requests.
*/
nsresult SendDetachOrFlush(PRUint32 aQueueID,
PRUint32 aAction,
PRBool aSync);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Protected Member Variables
nsCString mNamespace; // limit domains to the namespace
PLHashTable *mObservers; // maps qName -> ipcITransactionObserver
tmVector mQueueMaps; // queue - name - domain mappings
tmVector mWaitingMessages; // messages sent before ATTACH_REPLY
nsCOMPtr<ipcIService> ipcService; // cache the ipc service
nsCOMPtr<ipcILockService> lockService; // cache the lock service
private:
};
#endif

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
Makefile
tmModuleTest.exe
tmModuleTest.ilk
tmModuleTest.pdb
tmModuleTest.obj
tmModuleTest

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corp.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = tm_test
REQUIRES = ipcd \
nspr \
string \
xpcom \
$(NULL)
CPPSRCS = \
tmModuleTest.cpp \
$(NULL)
SIMPLE_PROGRAMS = $(CPPSRCS:.cpp=$(BIN_SUFFIX))
include $(topsrcdir)/config/config.mk
LIBS = \
$(EXTRA_DSO_LIBS) \
$(MOZ_JS_LIBS) \
$(XPCOM_LIBS) \
$(NSPR_LIBS) \
$(NULL)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Transaction Manager.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corp.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* John Gaunt <jgaunt@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
// transaction manager includes
#include "ipcITransactionService.h"
#include "ipcITransactionObserver.h"
// ipc daemon includes
#include "ipcIService.h"
// core & xpcom ns includes
#include "nsDebug.h"
#include "nsIEventQueueService.h"
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
#include "nsIComponentRegistrar.h"
#include "nsString.h"
// nspr includes
#include "prmem.h"
#include "plgetopt.h"
#include "nspr.h"
#include "prlog.h"
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Testing/Debug/Logging BEGIN
const int NameSize = 1024;
/* command line options */
PRIntn optDebug = 0;
char optMode = 's';
char *profileName = new char[NameSize];
char *queueName = new char[NameSize];
char *data = new char[NameSize];
PRUint32 dataLen = 10; // includes the null terminator for "test data"
// Testing/Debug/Logging END
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#define RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, step) \
PR_BEGIN_MACRO \
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) { \
printf("*** %s failed: rv=%x\n", step, rv); \
return rv;\
} \
PR_END_MACRO
static NS_DEFINE_CID(kEventQueueServiceCID, NS_EVENTQUEUESERVICE_CID);
static nsIEventQueue* gEventQ = nsnull;
static PRBool gKeepRunning = PR_TRUE;
//static PRInt32 gMsgCount = 0;
static ipcIService *gIpcServ = nsnull;
static ipcITransactionService *gTransServ = nsnull;
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class myTransactionObserver : public ipcITransactionObserver
{
public:
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
NS_DECL_IPCITRANSACTIONOBSERVER
myTransactionObserver() { }
};
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(myTransactionObserver, ipcITransactionObserver)
NS_IMETHODIMP myTransactionObserver::OnTransactionAvailable(PRUint32 aQueueID, const PRUint8 *aData, PRUint32 aDataLen)
{
printf("tmModuleTest: myTransactionObserver::OnTransactionAvailable [%s]\n", aData);
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP myTransactionObserver::OnAttachReply(PRUint32 aQueueID, PRUint32 aStatus)
{
printf("tmModuleTest: myTransactionObserver::OnAttachReply [%d]\n", aStatus);
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP myTransactionObserver::OnDetachReply(PRUint32 aQueueID, PRUint32 aStatus)
{
printf("tmModuleTest: myTransactionObserver::OnDetachReply [%d]\n", aStatus);
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP myTransactionObserver::OnFlushReply(PRUint32 aQueueID, PRUint32 aStatus)
{
printf("tmModuleTest: myTransactionObserver::OnFlushReply [%d]\n", aStatus);
return NS_OK;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
int main(PRInt32 argc, char *argv[])
{
nsresult rv;
// default string values
strcpy(profileName, "defaultProfile");
strcpy(queueName, "defaultQueue");
strcpy(data, "test data");
{ // scope the command line option gathering (needed for some reason)
// Get command line options
PLOptStatus os;
PLOptState *opt = PL_CreateOptState(argc, argv, "bdfhlp:q:");
while (PL_OPT_EOL != (os = PL_GetNextOpt(opt)))
{
if (PL_OPT_BAD == os) continue;
switch (opt->option)
{
case 'b': /* broadcast a bunch of messages */
printf("tmModuleTest: broadcaster\n");
optMode = 'b';
break;
case 'd': /* debug mode */
printf("tmModuleTest: debugging baby\n");
optDebug = 1;
break;
case 'f': /* broadcast and flush */
printf("tmModuleTest: flusher\n");
optMode = 'f';
break;
case 'h': /* broadcast and detach */
printf("tmModuleTest: hit-n-run\n");
optMode = 'h';
break;
case 'l': /* don't broadcast, just listen */
printf("tmModuleTest: listener\n");
optMode = 'l';
break;
case 'p': /* set the profile name */
strcpy(profileName, opt->value);
printf("tmModuleTest: profilename:%s\n",profileName);
break;
case 'q': /* set the queue name */
strcpy(queueName, opt->value);
printf("tmModuleTest: queuename:%s\n",queueName);
break;
default:
printf("tmModuleTest: default\n");
break;
}
}
PL_DestroyOptState(opt);
} // scope the command line option gathering (needed for some reason)
{ // scope the nsCOMPtrs
printf("tmModuleTest: Starting xpcom\n");
// xpcom startup stuff
nsCOMPtr<nsIServiceManager> servMan;
NS_InitXPCOM2(getter_AddRefs(servMan), nsnull, nsnull);
nsCOMPtr<nsIComponentRegistrar> registrar = do_QueryInterface(servMan);
NS_ASSERTION(registrar, "Null nsIComponentRegistrar");
if (registrar)
registrar->AutoRegister(nsnull);
// Create the Event Queue for this thread...
nsCOMPtr<nsIEventQueueService> eqs = do_GetService(kEventQueueServiceCID, &rv);
RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, "do_GetService(EventQueueService)");
rv = eqs->CreateMonitoredThreadEventQueue();
RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, "CreateMonitoredThreadEventQueue");
rv = eqs->GetThreadEventQueue(NS_CURRENT_THREAD, &gEventQ);
RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, "GetThreadEventQueue");
// Need to make sure the ipc system has been started
printf("tmModuleTest: getting ipc service\n");
nsCOMPtr<ipcIService> ipcServ(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/ipc/service;1", &rv));
RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, "do_GetService(ipcServ)");
NS_ADDREF(gIpcServ = ipcServ);
// Get the transaction service
printf("tmModuleTest: getting transaction service\n");
nsCOMPtr<ipcITransactionService> transServ(do_GetService("@mozilla.org/ipc/transaction-service;1", &rv));
RETURN_IF_FAILED(rv, "do_GetService(transServ)");
NS_ADDREF(gTransServ = transServ);
// transaction specifc startup stuff, done for all cases
nsCOMPtr<ipcITransactionObserver> observ = new myTransactionObserver();
// initialize the transaction service with a specific profile
gTransServ->Init(nsDependentCString(profileName));
printf("tmModuleTest: using profileName [%s]\n", profileName);
// attach to the queue in the transaction manager
gTransServ->Attach(nsDependentCString(queueName), observ, PR_TRUE);
printf("tmModuleTest: observing queue [%s]\n", queueName);
// run specific patterns based on the mode
int i = 0; // wasn't working inside the cases
switch (optMode)
{
case 's':
printf("tmModuleTest: start standard\n");
// post a couple events
for (; i < 5 ; i++) {
gTransServ->PostTransaction(nsDependentCString(queueName), (PRUint8 *)data, dataLen);
}
// listen for events
while (gKeepRunning)
gEventQ->ProcessPendingEvents();
printf("tmModuleTest: end standard\n");
break;
case 'b':
printf("tmModuleTest: start broadcast\n");
// post a BUNCH of messages
for (; i < 50; i++) {
gTransServ->PostTransaction(nsDependentCString(queueName), (PRUint8 *)data, dataLen);
}
// listen for events
while (gKeepRunning)
gEventQ->ProcessPendingEvents();
printf("tmModuleTest: end broadcast\n");
break;
case 'f':
printf("tmModuleTest: start flush\n");
// post a couple events
for (; i < 5; i++) {
gTransServ->PostTransaction(nsDependentCString(queueName), (PRUint8 *)data, dataLen);
}
// flush the queue
gTransServ->Flush(nsDependentCString(queueName), PR_TRUE);
// post a couple events
for (i=0; i < 8; i++) {
gTransServ->PostTransaction(nsDependentCString(queueName), (PRUint8 *)data, dataLen);
}
// listen for events
while (gKeepRunning)
gEventQ->ProcessPendingEvents();
// detach
gTransServ->Detach(nsDependentCString(queueName));
printf("tmModuleTest: end flush\n");
break;
case 'h':
printf("tmModuleTest: start hit-n-run\n");
// post a couple events
for (; i < 5; i++) {
gTransServ->PostTransaction(nsDependentCString(queueName), (PRUint8 *)data, dataLen);
}
// detach
gTransServ->Detach(nsDependentCString(queueName));
printf("tmModuleTest: end hit-n-run\n");
break;
case 'l':
printf("tmModuleTest: start listener\n");
// listen for events
while (gKeepRunning)
gEventQ->ProcessPendingEvents();
printf("tmModuleTest: end listener\n");
break;
default :
printf("tmModuleTest: start & end default\n");
break;
}
// shutdown process
NS_RELEASE(gTransServ);
NS_RELEASE(gIpcServ);
printf("tmModuleTest: processing remaining events\n");
// process any remaining events
PLEvent *ev;
while (NS_SUCCEEDED(gEventQ->GetEvent(&ev)) && ev)
gEventQ->HandleEvent(ev);
printf("tmModuleTest: done\n");
} // this scopes the nsCOMPtrs
// helps with shutdown on some cases
PR_Sleep(PR_SecondsToInterval(4));
// no nsCOMPtrs are allowed to be alive when you call NS_ShutdownXPCOM
rv = NS_ShutdownXPCOM(nsnull);
NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "NS_ShutdownXPCOM failed");
return 0;
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1 @@
Makefile

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
# vim: noexpandtab ts=4 sw=4
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../../../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = ipcd
LIBRARY_NAME = ipcdshared_s
FORCE_STATIC_LIB = 1
MODULE_NAME = ipcd
# required for #include "nsID.h"
REQUIRES = \
xpcom \
$(NULL)
CPPSRCS = \
ipcLog.cpp \
ipcConfig.cpp \
ipcMessage.cpp \
ipcMessagePrimitives.cpp \
ipcStringList.cpp \
ipcIDList.cpp \
ipcm.cpp
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifdef XP_WIN
#else
#include <string.h>
#include "ipcConfig.h"
#include "ipcLog.h"
#include "prenv.h"
#include "plstr.h"
#ifdef XP_OS2
static const char kDefaultSocketPrefix[] = "\\socket\\mozilla-";
static const char kDefaultSocketSuffix[] = "-ipc\\ipcd";
#else
static const char kDefaultSocketPrefix[] = "/tmp/.mozilla-";
static const char kDefaultSocketSuffix[] = "-ipc/ipcd";
#endif
void IPC_GetDefaultSocketPath(char *buf, PRUint32 bufLen)
{
const char *logName;
int len;
PL_strncpyz(buf, kDefaultSocketPrefix, bufLen);
buf += (sizeof(kDefaultSocketPrefix) - 1);
bufLen -= (sizeof(kDefaultSocketPrefix) - 1);
logName = PR_GetEnv("LOGNAME");
if (!logName || !logName[0]) {
logName = PR_GetEnv("USER");
if (!logName || !logName[0]) {
LOG(("could not determine username from environment\n"));
goto end;
}
}
PL_strncpyz(buf, logName, bufLen);
len = strlen(logName);
buf += len;
bufLen -= len;
end:
PL_strncpyz(buf, kDefaultSocketSuffix, bufLen);
}
#endif

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcProto_h__
#define ipcProto_h__
#if defined(XP_WIN)
//
// use WM_COPYDATA messages
//
#include "prprf.h"
#define IPC_WINDOW_CLASS "Mozilla:IPCWindowClass"
#define IPC_WINDOW_NAME "Mozilla:IPCWindow"
#define IPC_CLIENT_WINDOW_CLASS "Mozilla:IPCAppWindowClass"
#define IPC_CLIENT_WINDOW_NAME_PREFIX "Mozilla:IPCAppWindow:"
#define IPC_SYNC_EVENT_NAME "Local\\MozillaIPCSyncEvent"
#define IPC_DAEMON_APP_NAME "mozipcd.exe"
#define IPC_PATH_SEP_CHAR '\\'
#define IPC_MODULES_DIR "ipc\\modules"
#define IPC_CLIENT_WINDOW_NAME_MAXLEN (sizeof(IPC_CLIENT_WINDOW_NAME_PREFIX) + 20)
// writes client name into buf. buf must be at least
// IPC_CLIENT_WINDOW_NAME_MAXLEN bytes in length.
inline void IPC_GetClientWindowName(PRUint32 pid, char *buf)
{
PR_snprintf(buf, IPC_CLIENT_WINDOW_NAME_MAXLEN, "%s%u",
IPC_CLIENT_WINDOW_NAME_PREFIX, pid);
}
#else
#include "prtypes.h"
//
// use UNIX domain socket
//
#define IPC_PORT 0
#define IPC_SOCKET_TYPE "ipc"
#define IPC_DAEMON_APP_NAME "mozipcd"
#ifdef XP_OS2
#define IPC_PATH_SEP_CHAR '\\'
#define IPC_MODULES_DIR "ipc\\modules"
#else
#define IPC_PATH_SEP_CHAR '/'
#define IPC_MODULES_DIR "ipc/modules"
#endif
void IPC_GetDefaultSocketPath(char *buf, PRUint32 bufLen);
#endif
// common shared configuration values
#define IPC_STARTUP_PIPE_NAME "ipc:startup-pipe"
#define IPC_STARTUP_PIPE_MAGIC 0x1C
#endif // !ipcProto_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "ipcIDList.h"
ipcIDNode *
ipcIDList::FindNode(ipcIDNode *node, const nsID &id)
{
while (node) {
if (node->Equals(id))
return node;
node = node->mNext;
}
return NULL;
}
ipcIDNode *
ipcIDList::FindNodeBefore(ipcIDNode *node, const nsID &id)
{
ipcIDNode *prev = NULL;
while (node) {
if (node->Equals(id))
return prev;
prev = node;
node = node->mNext;
}
return NULL;
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcIDList_h__
#define ipcIDList_h__
#include "nsID.h"
#include "ipcList.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// nsID node
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class ipcIDNode
{
public:
ipcIDNode(const nsID &id)
: mID(id)
{ }
const nsID &Value() const { return mID; }
PRBool Equals(const nsID &id) const { return mID.Equals(id); }
class ipcIDNode *mNext;
private:
nsID mID;
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// singly-linked list of nsIDs
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class ipcIDList : public ipcList<ipcIDNode>
{
public:
typedef ipcList<ipcIDNode> Super;
void Prepend(const nsID &id)
{
Super::Prepend(new ipcIDNode(id));
}
void Append(const nsID &id)
{
Super::Append(new ipcIDNode(id));
}
const ipcIDNode *Find(const nsID &id) const
{
return FindNode(mHead, id);
}
void FindAndDelete(const nsID &id)
{
ipcIDNode *node = FindNodeBefore(mHead, id);
if (node)
DeleteAfter(node);
else
DeleteFirst();
}
private:
static ipcIDNode *FindNode (ipcIDNode *head, const nsID &id);
static ipcIDNode *FindNodeBefore(ipcIDNode *head, const nsID &id);
};
#endif // !ipcIDList_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcList_h__
#define ipcList_h__
#include "prtypes.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// simple list of singly-linked objects. class T must have the following
// structure:
//
// class T {
// ...
// public:
// T *mNext;
// };
//
// objects added to the list must be allocated with operator new.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template<class T>
class ipcList
{
public:
ipcList()
: mHead(NULL)
, mTail(NULL)
{ }
~ipcList() { DeleteAll(); }
//
// prepends obj at the beginning of the list.
//
void Prepend(T *obj)
{
obj->mNext = mHead;
mHead = obj;
if (!mTail)
mTail = mHead;
}
//
// appends obj to the end of the list.
//
void Append(T *obj)
{
obj->mNext = NULL;
if (mTail) {
mTail->mNext = obj;
mTail = obj;
}
else
mTail = mHead = obj;
}
//
// inserts b into the list after a.
//
void InsertAfter(T *a, T *b)
{
b->mNext = a->mNext;
a->mNext = b;
if (mTail == a)
mTail = b;
}
//
// removes first element w/o deleting it
//
void RemoveFirst()
{
if (mHead)
AdvanceHead();
}
//
// removes element after the given element w/o deleting it
//
void RemoveAfter(T *obj)
{
T *rej = obj->mNext;
if (rej) {
obj->mNext = rej->mNext;
if (rej == mTail)
mTail = obj;
}
}
//
// deletes first element
//
void DeleteFirst()
{
T *first = mHead;
if (first) {
AdvanceHead();
delete first;
}
}
//
// deletes element after the given element
//
void DeleteAfter(T *obj)
{
T *rej = obj->mNext;
if (rej) {
RemoveAfter(obj);
delete rej;
}
}
//
// deletes all elements
//
void DeleteAll()
{
while (mHead)
DeleteFirst();
}
const T *First() const { return mHead; }
T *First() { return mHead; }
const T *Last() const { return mTail; }
T *Last() { return mTail; }
PRBool IsEmpty() const { return mHead == NULL; }
protected:
void AdvanceHead()
{
mHead = mHead->mNext;
if (!mHead)
mTail = NULL;
}
T *mHead;
T *mTail;
};
#endif // !ipcList_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include "ipcLog.h"
#ifdef IPC_LOGGING
#include <string.h>
#include "prenv.h"
#include "prprf.h"
#include "plstr.h"
PRBool ipcLogEnabled = PR_FALSE;
char ipcLogPrefix[10] = {0};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// UNIX
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(XP_OS2)
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <unistd.h>
static inline PRUint32
WritePrefix(char *buf, PRUint32 bufLen)
{
return PR_snprintf(buf, bufLen, "[%u] %s ",
(unsigned) getpid(),
ipcLogPrefix);
}
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// WIN32
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifdef XP_WIN
#include <windows.h>
static inline PRUint32
WritePrefix(char *buf, PRUint32 bufLen)
{
return PR_snprintf(buf, bufLen, "[%u:%u] %s ",
GetCurrentProcessId(),
GetCurrentThreadId(),
ipcLogPrefix);
}
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// logging API impl
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
void
IPC_InitLog(const char *prefix)
{
if (PR_GetEnv("IPC_LOG_ENABLE")) {
ipcLogEnabled = PR_TRUE;
PL_strncpyz(ipcLogPrefix, prefix, sizeof(ipcLogPrefix));
}
}
void
IPC_Log(const char *fmt, ... )
{
va_list ap;
va_start(ap, fmt);
PRUint32 nb = 0;
char buf[512];
if (ipcLogPrefix[0])
nb = WritePrefix(buf, sizeof(buf));
PR_vsnprintf(buf + nb, sizeof(buf) - nb, fmt, ap);
buf[sizeof(buf) - 1] = '\0';
fwrite(buf, strlen(buf), 1, stdout);
va_end(ap);
}
#endif

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcLog_h__
#define ipcLog_h__
#include "prtypes.h"
#ifdef DEBUG
#define IPC_LOGGING
#endif
#ifdef IPC_LOGGING
extern PRBool ipcLogEnabled;
extern void IPC_InitLog(const char *prefix);
extern void IPC_Log(const char *fmt, ...);
#define IPC_LOG(_args) \
PR_BEGIN_MACRO \
if (ipcLogEnabled) \
IPC_Log _args; \
PR_END_MACRO
#define LOG(args) IPC_LOG(args)
#define LOG_ENABLED() ipcLogEnabled
#else
#define IPC_InitLog(prefix)
#define LOG(args)
#define LOG_ENABLED() (0)
#endif
#endif // !ipcLog_h__

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "prlog.h"
#include "ipcMessage.h"
ipcMessage::~ipcMessage()
{
if (mMsgHdr)
free(mMsgHdr);
}
void
ipcMessage::Reset()
{
if (mMsgHdr) {
free(mMsgHdr);
mMsgHdr = NULL;
}
mMsgOffset = 0;
mMsgComplete = PR_FALSE;
}
ipcMessage *
ipcMessage::Clone() const
{
ipcMessage *clone = new ipcMessage();
if (!clone)
return NULL;
// copy buf if non-null
if (mMsgHdr) {
clone->mMsgHdr = (ipcMessageHeader *) malloc(mMsgHdr->mLen);
memcpy(clone->mMsgHdr, mMsgHdr, mMsgHdr->mLen);
}
else
clone->mMsgHdr = NULL;
clone->mMsgOffset = mMsgOffset;
clone->mMsgComplete = mMsgComplete;
return clone;
}
PRStatus
ipcMessage::Init(const nsID &target, const char *data, PRUint32 dataLen)
{
if (mMsgHdr)
free(mMsgHdr);
mMsgComplete = PR_FALSE;
// allocate message data
PRUint32 msgLen = IPC_MSG_HEADER_SIZE + dataLen;
mMsgHdr = (ipcMessageHeader *) malloc(msgLen);
if (!mMsgHdr) {
mMsgHdr = NULL;
return PR_FAILURE;
}
// fill in message data
mMsgHdr->mLen = msgLen;
mMsgHdr->mVersion = IPC_MSG_VERSION;
mMsgHdr->mFlags = 0;
mMsgHdr->mTarget = target;
if (data)
SetData(0, data, dataLen);
mMsgComplete = PR_TRUE;
return PR_SUCCESS;
}
PRStatus
ipcMessage::SetData(PRUint32 offset, const char *data, PRUint32 dataLen)
{
PR_ASSERT(mMsgHdr != NULL);
if (offset + dataLen > DataLen())
return PR_FAILURE;
memcpy((char *) Data() + offset, data, dataLen);
return PR_SUCCESS;
}
PRBool
ipcMessage::Equals(const nsID &target, const char *data, PRUint32 dataLen) const
{
return mMsgComplete &&
mMsgHdr->mTarget.Equals(target) &&
DataLen() == dataLen &&
memcmp(Data(), data, dataLen) == 0;
}
PRBool
ipcMessage::Equals(const ipcMessage *msg) const
{
PRUint32 msgLen = MsgLen();
return mMsgComplete && msg->mMsgComplete &&
msgLen == msg->MsgLen() &&
memcmp(MsgBuf(), msg->MsgBuf(), msgLen) == 0;
}
PRStatus
ipcMessage::WriteTo(char *buf,
PRUint32 bufLen,
PRUint32 *bytesWritten,
PRBool *complete)
{
if (!mMsgComplete)
return PR_FAILURE;
if (mMsgOffset == MsgLen()) {
*bytesWritten = 0;
*complete = PR_TRUE;
return PR_SUCCESS;
}
PRUint32 count = MsgLen() - mMsgOffset;
if (count > bufLen)
count = bufLen;
memcpy(buf, MsgBuf() + mMsgOffset, count);
mMsgOffset += count;
*bytesWritten = count;
*complete = (mMsgOffset == MsgLen());
return PR_SUCCESS;
}
PRStatus
ipcMessage::ReadFrom(const char *buf,
PRUint32 bufLen,
PRUint32 *bytesRead,
PRBool *complete)
{
*bytesRead = 0;
if (mMsgComplete) {
*complete = PR_TRUE;
return PR_SUCCESS;
}
if (mMsgHdr) {
// appending data to buffer
if (mMsgOffset < sizeof(PRUint32)) {
// we haven't learned the message length yet
if (mMsgOffset + bufLen < sizeof(PRUint32)) {
// we still don't know the length of the message!
memcpy((char *) mMsgHdr + mMsgOffset, buf, bufLen);
mMsgOffset += bufLen;
*bytesRead = bufLen;
*complete = PR_FALSE;
return PR_SUCCESS;
}
else {
// we now have enough data to determine the message length
PRUint32 count = sizeof(PRUint32) - mMsgOffset;
memcpy((char *) MsgBuf() + mMsgOffset, buf, count);
mMsgOffset += count;
buf += count;
bufLen -= count;
*bytesRead = count;
if (MsgLen() > IPC_MSG_GUESSED_SIZE) {
// realloc message buffer to the correct size
mMsgHdr = (ipcMessageHeader *) realloc(mMsgHdr, MsgLen());
}
}
}
}
else {
if (bufLen < sizeof(PRUint32)) {
// not enough data available in buffer to determine allocation size
// allocate a partial buffer
PRUint32 msgLen = IPC_MSG_GUESSED_SIZE;
mMsgHdr = (ipcMessageHeader *) malloc(msgLen);
if (!mMsgHdr)
return PR_FAILURE;
memcpy(mMsgHdr, buf, bufLen);
mMsgOffset = bufLen;
*bytesRead = bufLen;
*complete = PR_FALSE;
return PR_SUCCESS;
}
else {
PRUint32 msgLen = *(PRUint32 *) buf;
mMsgHdr = (ipcMessageHeader *) malloc(msgLen);
if (!mMsgHdr)
return PR_FAILURE;
mMsgHdr->mLen = msgLen;
mMsgOffset = 0;
}
}
// have mMsgHdr at this point
PRUint32 count = MsgLen() - mMsgOffset;
if (count > bufLen)
count = bufLen;
memcpy((char *) mMsgHdr + mMsgOffset, buf, count);
mMsgOffset += count;
*bytesRead += count;
*complete = mMsgComplete = (mMsgOffset == MsgLen());
return PR_SUCCESS;
}

Просмотреть файл

@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla IPC.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Darin Fisher <darin@netscape.com>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef ipcMessage_h__
#define ipcMessage_h__
#include "nsID.h"
//
// ipc message format:
//
// +------------------------------------+
// | DWORD : length |
// +------------------+-----------------+
// | WORD : version | WORD : flags |
// +------------------+-----------------+
// | nsID : target |
// +------------------------------------+
// | data |
// +------------------------------------+
//
// header is 24 bytes. flags are defined below. default value of flags is
// zero. protocol implementations should ignore unrecognized flags. target
// is a 16 byte UUID indicating the intended receiver of this message.
//
struct ipcMessageHeader
{
PRUint32 mLen;
PRUint16 mVersion;
PRUint16 mFlags;
nsID mTarget;
};
#define IPC_MSG_VERSION (0x1)
#define IPC_MSG_HEADER_SIZE (sizeof(ipcMessageHeader))
#define IPC_MSG_GUESSED_SIZE (IPC_MSG_HEADER_SIZE + 64)
//
// the IPC message protocol supports synchronous messages. these messages can
// only be sent from a client to the daemon. a daemon module cannot send a
// synchronous message. the client sets the SYNC_QUERY flag to indicate that
// it is expecting a response with the SYNC_REPLY flag set.
//
#define IPC_MSG_FLAG_SYNC_QUERY (0x1)
#define IPC_MSG_FLAG_SYNC_REPLY (0x2)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ipcMessage
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class ipcMessage
{
public:
ipcMessage()
: mNext(NULL)
, mMsgHdr(NULL)
, mMsgOffset(0)
, mMsgComplete(PR_FALSE)
{ }
ipcMessage(const nsID &target, const char *data, PRUint32 dataLen)
: mNext(NULL)
, mMsgHdr(NULL)
, mMsgOffset(0)
{ Init(target, data, dataLen); }
~ipcMessage();
//
// reset message to uninitialized state
//
void Reset();
//
// create a copy of this message
//
ipcMessage *Clone() const;
//
// initialize message
//
// param:
// topic - message topic string
// data - message data (may be null to leave data uninitialized)
// dataLen - message data len
//
PRStatus Init(const nsID &target, const char *data, PRUint32 dataLen);
//
// copy data into the message's data section, starting from offset. this
// function can be used to write any portion of the message's data.
//
// param:
// offset - destination offset
// data - data to write
// dataLen - number of bytes to write
//
PRStatus SetData(PRUint32 offset, const char *data, PRUint32 dataLen);
//
// access message flags
//
void SetFlag(PRUint16 flag) { mMsgHdr->mFlags |= flag; }
void ClearFlag(PRUint16 flag) { mMsgHdr->mFlags &= ~flag; }
PRBool TestFlag(PRUint16 flag) const { return mMsgHdr->mFlags & flag; }
//
// if true, the message is complete and the members of the message
// can be accessed.
//
PRBool IsComplete() const { return mMsgComplete; }
//
// readonly accessors
//
const ipcMessageHeader *Header() const { return mMsgHdr; }
const nsID &Target() const { return mMsgHdr->mTarget; }
const char *Data() const { return (char *) mMsgHdr + IPC_MSG_HEADER_SIZE; }
PRUint32 DataLen() const { return mMsgHdr->mLen - IPC_MSG_HEADER_SIZE; }
const char *MsgBuf() const { return (char *) mMsgHdr; }
PRUint32 MsgLen() const { return mMsgHdr->mLen; }
//
// message comparison functions
//
// param:
// topic - message topic (may be null)
// data - message data (must not be null)
// dataLen - message data length
//
PRBool Equals(const nsID &target, const char *data, PRUint32 dataLen) const;
PRBool Equals(const ipcMessage *msg) const;
//
// write the message to a buffer segment; segment need not be large
// enough to hold entire message. called repeatedly.
//
PRStatus WriteTo(char *buf,
PRUint32 bufLen,
PRUint32 *bytesWritten,
PRBool *complete);
//
// read the message from a buffer segment; segment need not contain
// the entire messgae. called repeatedly.
//
PRStatus ReadFrom(const char *buf,
PRUint32 bufLen,
PRUint32 *bytesRead,
PRBool *complete);
//
// a message can be added to a singly-linked list.
//
class ipcMessage *mNext;
private:
ipcMessageHeader *mMsgHdr;
// XXX document me
PRUint32 mMsgOffset;
PRPackedBool mMsgComplete;
};
#endif // !ipcMessage_h__

Некоторые файлы не были показаны из-за слишком большого количества измененных файлов Показать больше